[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

WO2024133859A1 - Malt1 inhibitors - Google Patents

Malt1 inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024133859A1
WO2024133859A1 PCT/EP2023/087548 EP2023087548W WO2024133859A1 WO 2024133859 A1 WO2024133859 A1 WO 2024133859A1 EP 2023087548 W EP2023087548 W EP 2023087548W WO 2024133859 A1 WO2024133859 A1 WO 2024133859A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
substituted
4alkyl
het
independently selected
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2023/087548
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Jeffrey Stuart MOWAT
Johannes Wilhelmus J. Thuring
Fabian HULPIA
Susan LEPRI
Aldo Peschiulli
Yves Emiel Maria Van Roosbroeck
Adriana-Ingrid VELTER
Mikko Juhani Artturi MUURONEN
Berthold Wroblowski
Evelien RENDERS
Veronica TONA
Original Assignee
Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv
Johnson & Johnson (China) Investment Ltd.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv, Johnson & Johnson (China) Investment Ltd. filed Critical Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv
Publication of WO2024133859A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024133859A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/12Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D487/14Ortho-condensed systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a novel compound that is a MALT1 (mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma translocation protein 1) inhibitor.
  • the compound may be useful for the treatment of a disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder, particularly a MALTl-related disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder, including but not limited to, cancer and immunological diseases.
  • the invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more of such compounds, to processes to prepare such compounds and compositions, and to the use of such compounds or pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of cancer and autoimmunological diseases, syndromes, disorders, or conditions associated with MALT1 inhibitors.
  • MALT1 (mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma translocation 1) is a key mediator of the classical NFKB signaling pathway. MALT1 is the only human paracaspase and transduces signals from the B cell receptor (BCR) and T cell receptor (TCR). MALT1 is the active subunit of the CBM complex which is formed upon receptor activation.
  • the CBM complex consists of multiple subunits of three proteins: CARD 11 (caspase recruitment domain family member 11), BCL10 (B-cell CLL/Lymphoma 10) and MALT1.
  • MALT1 affects NFKB signaling by two mechanisms: firstly, MALT1 functions as a scaffolding protein and recruits NFKB signaling proteins such as TRAF6, TAB-TAK1 or NEMO-IKKa/0; and secondly, MALT1, as a cysteine protease, cleaves and thereby deactivates negative regulators of NFKB signaling, such as RelB, A20 or CYLD.
  • NFKB signaling proteins such as TRAF6, TAB-TAK1 or NEMO-IKKa/0
  • MALT1 as a cysteine protease, cleaves and thereby deactivates negative regulators of NFKB signaling, such as RelB, A20 or CYLD.
  • the ultimate endpoint of MALT1 activity is the nuclear translocation of the NFKB transcription factor complex and activation of NFKB signaling.
  • DLBCL Diffuse Large B cell Lymphoma of the Activated B Cell-like subtype
  • DLBCL Diffuse Large B cell Lymphoma of the Activated B Cell-like subtype
  • NDL non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma
  • NFKB pathway activation is driven by mutations of signaling components, such as CD79A/B, CARD11, MYD88 or A20, in ABC-DLBCL patients.
  • BTK inhibitors for example Ibrutinib
  • Ibrutinib provides clinical proof-of-concept that inhibiting NFKB signaling in ABC-DLBCL is efficacious.
  • MALT1 is downstream of BTK in the NFKB signaling pathway and a MALT1 inhibitor could target ABC-DLBCL patients not responding to Ibrutinib, mainly patients with CARD 11 mutations, as well as treat patients that acquired resistance to Ibrutinib.
  • Small molecule tool compound inhibitors of MALT1 protease have demonstrated efficacy in preclinical models of ABC-DLBCL.
  • covalent catalytic site and allosteric inhibitors of MALT1 protease function have been described, suggesting that inhibitors of this protease may be useful as pharmaceutical agents.
  • API2-MALT1 The chromosomal translocation creating the API2-MALT1 fusion oncoprotein is the most common mutation identified in MALT (mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue) lymphoma.
  • API2-MALT1 is a potent activator of the NFKB pathway.
  • API2-MALT1 mimics ligand-bound TNF receptor, promotes TRAF2-dependent ubiquitination of RIP 1 which acts as a scaffold for activating canonical NFKB signaling.
  • API2-MALT1 has been shown to cleave and generate a stable, constitutively active fragment of NFicB-inducing kinase (NIK) thereby activating the non-canonical NFKB pathway.
  • NIK NFicB-inducing kinase
  • MALT1 has been shown to play a critical role in innate and adaptive immunity.
  • MALT1 protease inhibitor can attenuate disease onset and progression of mouse experimental allergic encephalomyelitis, a mouse model of multiple sclerosis.
  • Mice expressing catalytically inactive MALT1 mutant showed loss of marginal zone B cells and Bl B cells and general immune deficiency characterized as decreased T and B cell activation and proliferation.
  • those mice also developed spontaneous multi-organ autoimmune inflammation at the age of 9 to 10 weeks. It is still poorly understood why MALT1 protease dead knock-in mice show a break of tolerance while conventional MALT1 KO mice do not.
  • MALT1 protease dead knock- in mice may be caused by incomplete deficiency in T and B cell but severe deficiency of immunoregulatory cells.
  • MALT deficiency in humans has been associated with combined immunodeficiency disorder.
  • a phenotype of MALT1 protease dead knock-in mice might not resemble that of patients treated with MALT1 protease inhibitors.
  • a reduction of immunosuppressive T cells by MALT1 protease inhibition may be beneficial to cancer patients by potentially increasing antitumor immunity.
  • MALT1 inhibitors of the present invention may provide a therapeutic benefit to patients suffering from cancer and/or immunological diseases.
  • the present invention is directed to compounds of Formula (I) and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
  • R 1 represents
  • R x represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; halo; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
  • R y represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
  • R z represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; or R y and R z taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3-6cycloalkyl; ring represents phenyl or pyridyl;
  • R 2 represents halo; n is 0, 1 or 2;
  • R 3a represents hydrogen or Ci-4alkyl
  • R 3b represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; adamantyl; Ce-iocarbobicyclic; Het 1 ;
  • R 4a and R 4b each independently represent hydrogen, Ci-4alkyl, Cs-ecycloalkyl, or Ci-4alkyl-O-Ci-4alkyl;
  • R 4C and R 4d each independently represent Ci-4alkyl or -O-Ci-4alkyl
  • R 6 represents Ci-4alkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one -OH;
  • R 7 represents Ci-4alkyl or Cs-ecycloalkyl, each optionally substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; pl and p2 each independently are 1, 2 or 3; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the present invention is also directed to active intermediates of Formula (A) and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
  • R 1 represents
  • R x represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; halo; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
  • R y represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
  • R z represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; or R y and R z taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3-6cycloalkyl; ring represents phenyl or pyridyl;
  • R 2 represents halo; n is 0, 1 or 2;
  • R 6 represents Ci-4alkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one -OH; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) and intermediates of Formula (A) may exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like, and it is intended that the invention embrace both solvated and unsolvated forms.
  • a stereodescriptor such as R, S, R or S’, ‘S or R trans, cis
  • the term “compound(s) of Formula (I)” is also meant to include the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms (stereoisomers; for example enantiomers and diastereomers) thereof, even if not explicitly referred to.
  • stereochemistry as mentioned in the previous paragraph, is specified by bonds which are shown as solid wedged or hashed wedged bonds, hashed or bold bonds, or are otherwise indicated as having a particular configuration (e.g. R, S, R or S’, ‘S or R ’, trans, cis), then that stereoisomer is so specified and defined. It will be clear this also applies to subgroups of Formula (I). It will be clear this also applies to corresponding intermediates of Formula (A).
  • bonds shown as solid lines but indicated with a stereodescriptor mean that such a stereocenter is specified and defined according to the stereodescriptor.
  • bonds shown as solid lines but indicated with R or S’ or ‘S or R ’ are used to indicate that such a stereocenter is chirally pure but with unknown configuration (pure stereoisomers and enantiomerically pure, but absolute stereochemistry undetermined on stereocenter indicated with R or S’ or ‘S or R ’).
  • Atropisomers are stereoisomers which have a particular spatial configuration, resulting from a restricted rotation about a single bond, due to large steric hindrance. All atropisomeric forms of the compounds of Formula (I) are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.
  • the substituents may be in the E or the Z configuration.
  • compound(s) of the (present) invention or “compound(s) according to the (present) invention” as used herein, is meant to include the compounds of Formula (I) including tautomers and stereoisomeric forms, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms, and the solvates thereof.
  • the present invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising, consisting of and/or consisting essentially of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent and a compound of Formula (I). It will be clear this also applies to intermediates of Formula (A).
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising, consisting of, and/or consisting essentially of admixing a compound of Formula (I), and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent. It will be clear this also applies to intermediates of Formula (A).
  • the present invention further provides methods for treating or ameliorating a disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder in a subject, including a mammal and/or human in which the disease, syndrome, or condition is affected by the inhibition of MALT1, including but not limited to, cancer and/or immunological diseases, using a compound of Formula (I). It will be clear this also applies to intermediates of Formula (A).
  • the present invention also is directed to the use of any of the compounds described herein in the preparation of a medicament wherein the medicament is prepared for treating a disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder that is affected by the inhibition of MALT 1, such as cancer and/or immunological diseases.
  • the present invention is also directed to the preparation of compounds of Formula (I) that act as an inhibitor of MALT 1.
  • the present invention is also directed to the preparation of intermediates of Formula (A) that act as an inhibitor of MALT 1.
  • Exemplifying the invention are methods of treating a disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder mediated by MALT1, using a compound of Formula (I).
  • said disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder mediated by MALT1 is selected from the group consisting of lymphomas, leukemias, carcinomas, and sarcomas, e.g.
  • non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma NHL (including B-cell NHL)
  • DLBCL diffuse large B-cell lymphoma
  • MCL mantle cell lymphoma
  • FL follicular lymphoma
  • MALT mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma
  • marginal zone lymphoma T-cell lymphoma
  • Hodgkin’s lymphoma Burkitt’s lymphoma, multiple myeloma, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), small lymphocytic lymphoma (SLL), Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia, lymphoblastic T cell leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), hairy-cell leukemia, acute lymphoblastic T cell leukemia, plasmacytoma, immunoblastic large cell leukemia, megakaryoblastic leukemia, acute megakaryocytic leukemia, promyelocytic leukemia, erytholeukemia,
  • the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder mediated by MALT1 is selected from the group consisting of diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL), mantle cell lymphoma (MCL), follicular lymphoma (FL), and mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma.
  • DLBCL diffuse large B-cell lymphoma
  • MCL mantle cell lymphoma
  • FL follicular lymphoma
  • MALT mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma
  • An embodiment of the present invention is directed to a compound of Formula (I) for (use in) the treatment of immunological diseases that are affected by the inhibition of MALT 1, including but not limited to, autoimmune and inflammatory disorders, e.g. arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, gastritis, ankylosing spondylitis, ulcerative colitis, pancreatits, Crohn’s disease, celiac disease, multiple sclerosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, lupus nephritis, rheumatic fever, gout, organ or transplact rejection, chronic allograft rejection, acute or chronic graft-versus-host disease, dermatitis including atopic, dermatomyositis, psoriasis, Behcet’s diseases, uveitis, myasthenia gravis, Grave’s disease, Hashimoto thyroiditis, Sjorgen’s syndrome, blistering disorders, antibody-mediated vasculitis syndromes, immune-com
  • the present invention is directed to a compound of Formula (I) for (use in) the treatment of a disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT 1, selected from the group consisting of rheumatoid arthritis (RA), psoritic arthritis (PsA), psorisis (Pso), ulcerative colitis (UC), Crohn’s disease, systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), asthma, and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
  • RA rheumatoid arthritis
  • PsA psoritic arthritis
  • Pso psorisis
  • UC ulcerative colitis
  • Crohn’s disease systemic lupus erythematosus
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT1 is selected from non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma (NHL), diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL), marginal zone lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma (MCL), follicular lymphoma (FL), transformed follicular lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, and Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia.
  • NHL non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma
  • DLBCL diffuse large B-cell lymphoma
  • MCL mantle cell lymphoma
  • FL follicular lymphoma
  • transformed follicular lymphoma chronic lymphocytic leukemia
  • Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia
  • the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT 1 is lymphoma.
  • the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT 1 is the activated B cell like (ABC) subtype of diffuse large B- cell lymphoma (DLBCL).
  • ABSC activated B cell like subtype of diffuse large B- cell lymphoma
  • the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT 1 is germinal center B cell like (GCB) subtype of diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL).
  • GCB germinal center B cell like
  • DLBCL diffuse large B-cell lymphoma
  • the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT1 is non-germinal center B cell like (non-GCB) subtype of diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL).
  • non-GCB non-germinal center B cell like
  • DLBCL diffuse large B-cell lymphoma
  • the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT 1 is chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL).
  • CLL chronic lymphocytic leukemia
  • SLL small lymphocytic lymphoma
  • the lymphoma is MALT lymphoma.
  • the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT 1 is Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia (WM).
  • the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT1 is selected from the group consisting of diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL), mantle cell lymphoma (MCL), follicular lymphoma (FL), and mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma.
  • DLBCL diffuse large B-cell lymphoma
  • MCL mantle cell lymphoma
  • FL follicular lymphoma
  • MALT mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma
  • the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT 1 is non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma (NHL).
  • the nonHodgkin’s lymphoma (NHL) is B-cell NHL.
  • the non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma (NHL) is relapsed/refractory B-cell NHL.
  • the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT1 is selected from the group consisting of relapsed/refractory non-germinal center B cell like (non-GCB) subtype of diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL), relapsed/refractory Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia (WM), relapsed/refractory mantle cell lymphoma (MCL), relapsed/refractory follicular lymphoma (FL), and relapsed/refractory mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma.
  • non-GCB non-germinal center B cell like subtype of diffuse large B-cell lymphoma
  • WM relapsed/refractory Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia
  • MCL mantle cell lymphoma
  • FL relapsed/refractory follicular lymphoma
  • MALT mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma
  • the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT1 is relapsed/refractory non-germinal center B cell like (non- GCB) subtype of diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL).
  • non- GCB non-germinal center B cell like subtype of diffuse large B-cell lymphoma
  • the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT1 is relapsed/refractory Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia (WM).
  • the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT 1 is relapsed/refractory mantle cell lymphoma (MCL).
  • MCL mantle cell lymphoma
  • the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT 1 is relapsed/refractory follicular lymphoma (FL).
  • the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT1 is relapsed/refractory mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma.
  • Compounds of Formula (I) may be used for the treatment of immunological diseases including, but not limited to, autoimmune and inflammatory disorders, e.g. sepsis-related acute lung injury (ALI), acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis (RA), psoriatic arthritis (PsA), inflammatory bowel disease, gastritis, ankylosing spondylitis, ulcerative colitis, pancreatitis, Crohn’s disease, celiac disease, multiple sclerosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, lupus nephritis, rheumatic fever, gout, organ or transplant rejection, chronic allograft rejection, acute or chronic graft-versus-host disease, dermatitis including atopic, dermatomyositis, psoriasis, Behcet’s diseases, uveitis, myasthenia gravis, Grave’s disease, Hashimoto thyroiditis, Sjor
  • the compounds of the present invention may be employed in combination with one or more other medicinal agents, more particularly with other anti-cancer agents, e.g. chemotherapeutic, anti-proliferative or immunomodulating agents, or with adjuvants in cancer therapy, e.g. immunosuppressive or anti-inflammatory agents.
  • other anti-cancer agents e.g. chemotherapeutic, anti-proliferative or immunomodulating agents
  • adjuvants in cancer therapy e.g. immunosuppressive or anti-inflammatory agents.
  • Possible combinations of the compounds of the present invention may include, but are not limited to, BTK (Bruton’s tyrosine kinase) inhibitors such as ibrutinib, SYK inhibitors, PKC inhibitors, PI3K pathway inhibitors, BCL family inhibitors, JAK inhibitors, PIM kinase inhibitors, rituximab or other B cell antigen-binding antibodies, as well as immune cell redirection agents (e.g. blinatumomab or CAR T-cells) and immunomodulatory agents such as daratumumab, anti-PDl antibodies, and anti-PD-Ll antibodies.
  • the present invention is directed to a compound of Formula (I) for (use in) the treatment of said disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by the inhibition of MALT 1.
  • the present invention is directed to a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) for (use in) the treatment of said disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT1.
  • the present invention is directed to methods of treating said disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder mediated by MALT1.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) and uses thereof as described in any of the other embodiments.
  • transitional terms “comprising,” “consisting essentially of,” and “consisting of’ are intended to connote their generally accepted meanings in the patent vernacular; that is, (i) “comprising,” which is synonymous with “including,” “containing,” or “characterized by,” is inclusive or open-ended and does not exclude additional, unrecited elements or method steps; (ii) “consisting of’ excludes any element, step, or ingredient not specified in the claim; and (iii) “consisting essentially of’ limits the scope of a claim to the specified materials or steps “and those that do not materially affect the basic and novel character! stic(s)” of the claimed invention.
  • Embodiments described in terms of the phrase “comprising” (or its equivalents) also provide as embodiments those independently described in terms of “consisting of’ and “consisting essentially of.”
  • Ci-4alkyl group contains from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and so on.
  • Ci-4alkyl as used herein as a group or part of a group represents a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n- propyl, isopropyl, //-butyl, .s-butyl, /-butyl and the like.
  • Cs-ecycloalkyl as used herein as a group or part of a group defines a saturated, cyclic hydrocarbon radical having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl.
  • Fused bicycles or fused bicyclic groups are two cycles that share two atoms and the bond between these atoms.
  • Spiro bicycles or spiro bicyclic groups are two cycles that are joined at a single atom.
  • Bridged bicycles or bridged bicyclic groups are two cycles that share more than two atoms.
  • Ce-iocarbobicyclic as used herein as a group or part of a group defines a saturated, bicyclic hydrocarbon radical having from 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Ce-iocarbobicyclic can be fused, spiro or bridged, such as spiro[3.3]heptanyl and bicyclo[l.l. l]pentanyl.
  • the term ‘monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N’ defines a C-linked fully saturated, monocyclic radical having from 4 to 7 ring members in total (including the heteroatoms) containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, such as for example C-linked azetidinyl, C-linked oxetanyl, C-linked pyrrolidinyl, C- linked tetrayhydrothiophenyl, C-linked tetrahydrofuranyl, C-linked morpholinyl, C-linked 1,4- oxathianyl, C-linked thiazinanyl, C-linked tetrahydropyranyl, C-linked tetrahydrothiopyranyl, C-linked pyrazolidinyl, C-linked isothiazolidinyl, C-linked oxazolidin
  • Bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl groups can be fused, spiro or bridged.
  • bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N defines a C-linked fully saturated, bicyclic radical having from 6 to 11 ring members in total (including the heteroatoms) containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, such as for example:
  • the term ‘monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N’ defines a N-linked fully saturated, monocyclic radical having from 4 to 7 ring members in total (including the heteroatoms) containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, such as for example N-linked azetidinyl, N-linked pyrrolidinyl, N-linked morpholinyl, N-linked thiazinanyl, N-linked pyrazolidinyl, N-linked isothiazolidinyl, N-linked oxazolidinyl, N-linked thiomorpholinyl, N-linked piperazinyl, N- linked thiazolidinyl, N-linked azepanyl, N-linked thiadiazepanyl, and N-linked piperidinyl.
  • Bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl groups can be fused, spiro or bridged.
  • bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N- atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N defines a N-linked fully saturated, bicyclic radical having from 6 to 11 ring members in total (including the heteroatoms) containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, such as for example:
  • cyclic moieties such as fully saturated heterocyclyl goups, can be attached to the remainder of the molecule of Formula (I) through any available ring carbon atom (C-linked) or nitrogen atom (N-linked).
  • C -linked means attached to the remainder of the molecule through any available carbon atom.
  • N-linked means attached to the remainder of the molecule through any available nitrogen atom.
  • halogen refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms.
  • R 2 is absent when n is 0.
  • each definition is independent.
  • substituted in general, whenever the term ‘substituted’ is used in the present invention, it is meant, unless otherwise indicated or clear from the context, to indicate that one or more hydrogens, in particular from 1 to 4 hydrogens, more in particular from 1 to 3 hydrogens, preferably 1 or 2 hydrogens, more preferably 1 hydrogen, on the atom or radical indicated in the expression using ‘substituted’ are replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the normal valency is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a chemically stable compound, i.e. a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture (isolation after a reaction e.g. purification by silica gel chromatography).
  • stereodescriptor label “R” or “ K ” at a stereocenter designates that the stereocenter is purely of the K-configuration as defined in the art; likewise, the stereodescriptor label “S” or “(S)” means that the stereocenter is purely of the ⁇ -configuration.
  • a compound containing one stereocenter drawn without a stereo bond designation is a mixture of two stereoisomers unless otherwise indicated (for example via a stereodescriptor).
  • a compound containing two stereocenters both drawn without stereo bond designations is a mixture of four diastereomers unless otherwise indicated (for example via stereodescriptors).
  • Unlabeled stereocenters drawn without stereo bond designations are mixtures of the R- and S- configurations. For unlabeled stereocenters drawn with stereo bond designations, the absolute stereochemistry is as depicted.
  • subject refers to an animal, preferably a mammal, most preferably a human, who has been the object of treatment, observation or experiment.
  • terapéuticaally effective amount refers to an amount of an active compound or pharmaceutical agent, including a compound of the present invention, which elicits the biological or medicinal response in a tissue system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician, including reduction or inhibition of an enzyme or a protein activity, or ameliorating symptioms, alleviating conditions, slowing or delaying disease progression, or preventing a disease.
  • the term “therapeutically effective amount” refers to the amount of a compound of the present invention that, when administered to a subject, is effective to (1) at least partially alleviate, inhibit, prevent, and/ or ameliorate a condition, or a disorder or a disease (i) mediated by MALT1; or (ii) associated with MALT1 activity; or (iii) characterized by activity (normal or abnormal) of MALT 1; or (2) reduce or inhibit the activity of MALT 1; or (3) reduce or inhibit the expression of MALT1; or (4) modify the protein levels of MALT1.
  • composition refers to a product that includes the specified ingredients in therapeutically effective amounts, as well as any product that results, directly, or indirectly, from combinations of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
  • MALT 1 -mediated refers to any disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder that might occur in the absence of MALT1 but can occur in the presence of MALT1.
  • Suitable examples of a disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder mediated by MALT1 include, but are not limited to, lymphomas, leukemias, carcinomas, and sarcomas, e.g.
  • non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma NHL (including B-cell NHL)
  • DLBCL diffuse large B-cell lymphoma
  • MCL mantle cell lymphoma
  • FL follicular lymphoma
  • MALT mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma
  • marginal zone lymphoma T-cell lymphoma
  • Hodgkin’s lymphoma Burkitt’s lymphoma, multiple myeloma, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), small lymphocytic lymphoma (SLL), Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia, lymphoblastic T cell leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), hairy-cell leukemia, acute lymphoblastic T cell leukemia, plasmacytoma, immunoblastic large cell leukemia, megakaryoblastic leukemia, acute megakaryocytic leukemia, promyelocytic leukemia, erytholeukemia,
  • MALT1 inhibitor refers to an agent that inhibits or reduces at least one condition, symptom, disorder, and/or disease of MALT1.
  • the term “affect” or “affected” when referring to a disease, syndrome, condition or disorder that is affected by the inhibition of MALT1) includes a reduction in the frequency and / or severity of one or more symptoms or manifestations of said disease, syndrome, condition or disorder; and / or includes the prevention of the development of one or more symptoms or manifestations of said disease, syndrome, condition or disorder or the development of the disease, condition, syndrome or disorder.
  • the term “treat”, “treating”, or “treatment” of any disease, condition, syndrome or disorder refers, in one embodiment, to ameliorating the disease, condition, syndrome or disorder (i.e. slowing or arresting or reducing the development of the disease or at least one of the clinical symptoms thereof).
  • “treat”, “treating”, or “treatment” refers to alleviating or ameliorating at least one physical parameter including those which may not be discernible by the patient.
  • “treat”, “treating”, or “treatment” refers to modulating the disease, condition, syndrome or disorder either physically (e.g. stabilization of a discernible symptom), physiologically, (e.g. stabilization of a physical parameter), or both.
  • “treat”, “treating”, or “treatment” refers to preventing or delaying the onset or development or progression of the disease, condition, syndrome or disorder.
  • the compounds of the instant invention may be useful in methods for treating or ameliorating a disease, a syndrome, a condition or a disorder that is affected by the inhibition of MALT1.
  • Such methods comprise, consist of and/or consist essentially of administering to a subject, including an animal, a mammal, and a human in need of such treatment, amelioration and / or prevention, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I).
  • One embodiment of the present invention is directed to a method of treating a MALT1- dependent or MALT 1 -mediated disease or condition in a subject in need thereof, including an animal, a mammal, and a human in need of such treatment, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I).
  • the MALT 1 -dependent or MALT 1 -mediated disease or condition is selected from cancers of hematopoietic origin or solid tumors such as chronic myelogenous leukemia, myeloid leukemia, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, and other B cell lymphomas.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) may be useful for treating or ameliorating diseases, syndromes, conditions, or disorders such as diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL), mantle cell lymphoma (MCL), follicular lymphoma (FL), and mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma.
  • DLBCL diffuse large B-cell lymphoma
  • MCL mantle cell lymphoma
  • FL follicular lymphoma
  • MALT mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma
  • the compounds of Formula (I) may be useful for treating or ameliorating diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL), mantle cell lymphoma (MCL), follicular lymphoma (FL), and mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) as herein defined.
  • DLBCL diffuse large B-cell lymphoma
  • MCL mantle cell lymphoma
  • FL follicular lymphoma
  • MALT mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue
  • the compounds of Formula (I) may be useful for treating or ameliorating an immunological disease, syndrome, disorder, or condition selected from the group consisting of rheumatoid arthritis (RA), psoritic arthritis (PsA), psorisis (Pso), ulcerative colitis (UC), Crohn’s disease, systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), asthma, and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
  • RA rheumatoid arthritis
  • PsA psoritic arthritis
  • Pso psorisis
  • UC ulcerative colitis
  • Crohn’s disease systemic lupus erythematosus
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • the present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
  • R 1 represents R x represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; halo; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
  • R y represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
  • R z represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; or R y and R z taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3-6cycloalkyl; ring represents phenyl or pyridyl;
  • R 2 represents halo; n is 0, 1 or 2;
  • R 3a represents hydrogen
  • R 3b represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; -Ci ⁇ alkyl-Cy 1 ;
  • R 4a and R 4b each independently represent hydrogen or Ci-4alkyl
  • R 6 represents methyl; nl, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n7 and n8 each independently are 1 or 2;
  • the present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
  • R 1 represents
  • R x represents halo
  • R y represents hydrogen or Ci-4alkyl
  • R z represents Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; or R y and R z taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3-6cycloalkyl; ring represents phenyl or pyridyl;
  • R 2 represents halo; n is 0, 1 or 2;
  • R 3a represents hydrogen or Ci-4alkyl
  • R 3b represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; adamantyl; Ce-iocarbobicyclic; Het 1 ;
  • R 4a and R 4b each independently represent hydrogen, Ci-4alkyl, Cs-ecycloalkyl, or Ci-4alkyl-O- Ci-4alkyl;
  • R 4C and R 4d each independently represent Ci-4alkyl or -O-Ci-4alkyl
  • R 6 represents Ci-4alkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one -OH;
  • R 7 represents Ci-4alkyl or Cs-ecycloalkyl, each optionally substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; pl and p2 are 2; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
  • R 1 represents R x represents halo
  • R y represents hydrogen or Ci-4alkyl
  • R z represents Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; or R y and R z taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a Cs-ecycloalkyl; ring represents phenyl or pyridyl;
  • R 2 represents halo; n is 0, 1 or 2;
  • R 3a represents hydrogen or Ci-4alkyl
  • R 3b represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; adamantyl; Ce-iocarbobicyclic; Het 1 ;
  • Het 1 represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; or Het 1 represents a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; provided that the monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl and bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl, are selected from the following heterocyclyl s:
  • Het 2 represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; or Het 2 represents a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; provided that the monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl and bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl, are selected from the following heterocyclyl s:
  • Het 3a represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; provided that the monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl is selected from the following heterocyclyl s:
  • Het 3b represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; or Het 3b represents a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; provided that the monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl and bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl, are selected from the following heterocyclyl s:
  • Het 4 represents C-linked oxetanyl
  • Het 5 represents C-linked oxetanyl
  • R 4a and R 4b each independently represent hydrogen, Ci- 4 alkyl, C 3 -6cycloalkyl, or Ci- 4 alkyl-O- Ci- 4 alkyl;
  • R 4C and R 4d each independently represent Ci- 4 alkyl or -O-Ci- 4 alkyl;
  • R 6 represents Ci-4alkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one -OH;
  • R 7 represents Ci-4alkyl or Cs-ecycloalkyl, each optionally substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; pl and p2 are 2; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
  • R 1 represents
  • R x represents halo
  • R y represents Ci-4alkyl
  • R z represents Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; ring represents phenyl or pyridyl;
  • R 2 represents halo; n is 0 or 1;
  • R 3a represents hydrogen
  • R 3b represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or
  • R 6 represents Ci-4alkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one -OH;
  • R 7 represents Ci-4alkyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
  • R 1 represents
  • R x represents halo
  • R y represents Ci-4alkyl
  • R z represents Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; ring represents phenyl; n is 0;
  • R 3a represents hydrogen
  • R 6 represents Ci-4alkyl
  • R 7 represents Ci-4alkyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
  • R 1 represents
  • R x represents chloro
  • R y represents methyl
  • R z represents CF3; ring represents phenyl; n is 0;
  • R 3a represents hydrogen
  • R 6 represents methyl
  • R 7 represents methyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
  • R 1 represents
  • R x represents hydrogen, Ci-4alkyl or halo
  • R y represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
  • R z represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; or R y and R z taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3-6cycloalkyl;
  • R 6 represents CH3; ring represents phenyl or pyridyl;
  • R 2 represents halo; n is 0, 1 or 2;
  • R 3a represents hydrogen; and R 3b represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl;
  • R 4a and R 4b each independently represent hydrogen or Ci- 4 alkyl
  • R 5 represents hydrogen or -OH; nl, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n7 and n8 each independently are 1 or 2; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
  • R 1 represents
  • R x represents halo
  • R y represents Ci- 4 alkyl
  • R z represents Ci- 4 alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents
  • R 6 represents CH3; ring represents phenyl; R 2 represents halo; n is 0, 1 or 2;
  • R 3a represents hydrogen
  • the present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
  • R 1 represents
  • R x represents halo
  • R y represents Ci-4alkyl
  • R z represents Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents
  • R 6 represents CH3; ring represents phenyl; n is 0;
  • R 3a represents hydrogen
  • the present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
  • R 1 represents
  • R x represents halo
  • R y represents Ci-4alkyl
  • R z represents Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents
  • R 6 represents CH3; ring represents phenyl; n is 1;
  • R 3a represents hydrogen
  • the present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
  • R 1 represents
  • R x represents halo
  • R y represents Ci-4alkyl
  • R z represents Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents
  • R 6 represents CH3; ring represents phenyl; n is 1; R 3a represents hydrogen; and
  • R 3b represents Ci-4alkyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein
  • R x represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; halo; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
  • R y represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
  • R z represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents.
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein
  • R x represents Ci-4alkyl; halo; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
  • R y represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
  • R z represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents.
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein
  • R x represents Ci-4alkyl; halo; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
  • R y represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
  • R z represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; or R y and R z taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a Cs-ecycloalkyl.
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein
  • R x represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; halo; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
  • R y and R z taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3-6cycloalkyl.
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein
  • R x represents Ci-4alkyl; halo; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; R y and R z taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a Cs-ecycloalkyl.
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein
  • R x represents chloro
  • R y represents methyl
  • R z represents trifluoromethyl
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R x represents chloro.
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R z represents trifluorom ethyl.
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R y represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents.
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R 2 represents fluoro.
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein
  • R 1 represents
  • R x represents halo
  • R y represents Ci-4alkyl
  • R z represents Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents
  • R 3a represents hydrogen
  • R 3b represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or
  • R 7 represents Ci-4alkyl.
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein
  • R 1 represents
  • R x represents halo
  • R y represents Ci-4alkyl
  • R z represents Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents
  • R 3a represents hydrogen
  • R 3b represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R 1 represents
  • R x represents halo
  • R y represents Ci-4alkyl
  • R z represents Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents
  • R 3a represents hydrogen
  • R 7 represents Ci-4alkyl.
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein
  • R 1 represents
  • R x represents chloro
  • R y represents methyl
  • R z represents trifluoromethyl
  • R 3a represents hydrogen
  • R 7 represents methyl
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R 1 represents
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R 1 represents
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein n is 0.
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein n is 1.
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein ring represents phenyl.
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein ring represents phenyl, and R 6 represents methyl.
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein
  • R 3b represents Ci-4alkyl.
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R 6 represents CH3.
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein the stereochemistry of the cyclopropyl moiety in Formula (I) is trans: trans
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein the stereochemistry of the cyclopropyl moiety in Formula (I) is cis:
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein the stereochemistry of the cyclopropyl moiety in Formula (I) is , and wherein R 6 represents methyl.
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein the stereochemistry of the cyclopropyl moiety in Formula (I) is cis: , and wherein R 6 represents methyl.
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein the stereochemistry of the substituents on the cyclopropyl moiety in Formula (I) is as indicated below in Formula (I-a): In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein the stereochemistry of the substituents on the cyclopropyl moiety in Formula (I) is as indicated below in Formula (I-b):
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Formula (I) and the stereochemistry of the substituents on the cyclopropyl moiety are as indicated below in Formula (Lal):
  • the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Formula (I) and the stereochemistry of the substituents on the cyclopropyl moiety are as indicated below in Formula ( bl):
  • the present invention relates to a subgroup of Formula (I) as defined in the general reaction schemes.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of any of the exemplified compounds, tautomers and stereoisomeric forms thereof, and the free bases, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, and 17.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, and 17; tautomers and stereoisomeric forms thereof, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, and 17; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 22, 28, 33, 34, 36, 37, 39, 40, 41, 129, 131, 132, 148, 178, 191, 193, 201, 204, 267, 294, and 318.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 22, 28, 33, 34, 36, 37, 39, 40, 41, 129, 131, 132, 148, 178, 191, 193, 201, 204, 267, 294, and 318; tautomers and stereoisomeric forms thereof, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 22, 28, 33, 34, 36, 37, 39, 40, 41, 129, 131, 132, 148, 178, 191, 193, 201, 204, 267, 294, and 318; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113
  • the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113
  • the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113
  • the present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of any of the exemplified compounds.
  • the present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of any of the exemplified compounds, tautomers and stereoisomeric forms thereof, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, and 17.
  • the present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, and 17; tautomers and stereoisomeric forms thereof, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 22, 28, 33, 34, 36, 37, 39, 40, 41, 129, 131, 132, 148, 178, 191, 193, 201, 204, 267, 294, and 318.
  • the present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 22, 28, 33, 34, 36, 37, 39, 40, 41, 129, 131, 132, 148, 178, 191, 193, 201, 204, 267, 294, and 318; tautomers and stereoisomeric forms thereof, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 2 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 3 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 7 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 8 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 9 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 10 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 11 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 12 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 14 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 15 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 17 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 22 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 28 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 34 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 36 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 37 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 39 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 40 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 41 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 129 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 131 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 132 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 148 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 178 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 191 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 193 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 201 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 204 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 267 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 294 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is compound 318 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In particular wherein the stereochemistry of the cyclopropyl moiety is trans. In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In particular wherein the stereochemistry of the cyclopropyl moiety is trans. In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In particular wherein the stereochemistry of the cyclopropyl moiety is trans. In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the stereochemistry of the cyclopropyl moiety is trans.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the stereochemistry of the cyclopropyl moiety is trans.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is (lR,3S)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2- difluoro-l-methyl-N-((trans)-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutyl)cyclopropane-l -carboxamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2- difluoro- l-methyl-N-((trans)-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutyl)cyclopropane-l -carboxamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2- difluoro-l-methyl-N-((trans)-3-(-S-methylsulfonimidoyl)cyclobutyl)cyclopropane-l- carboxamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-2,2-difluoro-l-methyl-3-(4-((R)-8- methyl-8-(trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6- yl)phenyl)-N-((trans)-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutyl)cyclopropane-l -carboxamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2- difluoro-l-methyl-N-(2-sulfamoylethyl)cyclopropane-l -carboxamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-N- ((dimethylphosphoryl)methyl)-2,2-difluoro-l -methylcyclopropane- 1 -carboxamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-N-((trans)-3- acetamidocyclobutyl)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8-(trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H- pyrazolof 1 , 5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2-difluoro- 1 -methylcyclopropane- 1 - carboxamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2- difluoro-l-methyl-N-(((trans)-3-((S)-S- methylsulfonimidoyl)cyclobutyl)methyl)cyclopropane-l -carboxamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-N-(3- (cyclopropanesulfonamido)propyl)-2,2-difluoro- 1 -methylcyclopropane- 1 -carboxamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2- difluoro- l-methyl-N-(3-(methylamino)cyclobutyl)cyclopropane-l -carboxamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is (lR,3S)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2- difluoro-l-methyl-N-((trans)-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutyl)cyclopropane-l -carboxamide.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2- difluoro-l-methyl-N-((trans)-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutyl)cyclopropane-l -carboxamide.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2- difluoro-l-methyl-N-((trans)-3-(-S-methylsulfonimidoyl)cyclobutyl)cyclopropane-l- carb oxami de.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-2,2-difluoro-l-methyl-3-(4-((R)-8- methyl-8-(trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6- yl)phenyl)-N-((trans)-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutyl)cyclopropane-l -carboxamide.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2- difluoro- 1 -methyl-N-(2-sulfamoylethyl)cyclopropane- 1 -carboxamide.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-N- ((dimethylphosphoryl)methyl)-2,2-difluoro-l -methylcyclopropane- 1 -carboxamide.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-N-((trans)-3- acetamidocyclobutyl)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8-(trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H- pyrazolof 1 , 5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2-difluoro- 1 -methylcyclopropane- 1 - carboxamide.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2- difluoro-l-methyl-N-(((trans)-3-((S)-S- methylsulfonimidoyl)cyclobutyl)methyl)cyclopropane-l-carboxamide.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-N-(3- (cyclopropanesulfonamido)propyl)-2,2-difluoro- 1 -methylcyclopropane- 1 -carboxamide.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2- difluoro- l-methyl-N-(3-(methylamino)cy cl obutyl)cy cl opropane-1 -carboxamide.
  • the active intermediate of Formula (A) is or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the active intermediate of Formula (A) is or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) may be prepared according to a process comprising the following reaction steps:
  • reaction conditions in each of the reaction steps described above may be as described in the General Synthetic Methods (General Schemes).
  • salts of compounds of Formula (I) refer to non-toxic “pharmaceutically acceptable salts.” Other salts may, however, be useful in the preparation of compounds of Formula (I) or of their pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of Formula (I) include acid addition salts that can, for example, be formed by mixing a solution of the compound with a solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable acid such as, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, acetic acid, benzoic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, carbonic acid or phosphoric acid.
  • suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may include alkali metal salts such as, sodium or potassium salts; alkaline earth metal salts such as, calcium or magnesium salts; and salts formed with suitable organic ligands such as, quaternary ammonium salts.
  • representative pharmaceutically acceptable salts include acetate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bisulfate, bitartrate, borate, bromide, calcium edetate, camsylate, carbonate, chloride, clavulanate, citrate, dihydrochloride, edetate, edisylate, estolate, esylate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate, hexylresorcinate, hydrabamine, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroxynaphthoate, iodide, isothionate, lactate, lactobionate, laurate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, methylbromide, methylnitrate, methyl sulfate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, /'/-methylglucamine ammonium salt, oleate
  • Embodiments of the present invention include prodrugs of compounds of Formula (I).
  • such prodrugs will be functional derivatives of the compounds that are readily convertible in vivo into the required compound.
  • the term “administering” encompasses the treatment or prevention of the various diseases, conditions, syndromes and disorders described with the compound specifically disclosed or with a compound that may not be specifically disclosed, but which converts to the specified compound in vivo after administration to a patient.
  • Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in “Design of Prodrugs”, ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985.
  • compositions of Formula (I) and solvates thereof are meant to comprise the therapeutically active non-toxic acid and base addition salt forms which compounds of Formula (I) and solvates thereof, are able to form.
  • Tautomers are constitutional isomers that readily interconvert. It is understood that all tautomeric forms are encompassed by a structure where one possible tautomeric arrangement of the groups of the compound is described, even if not specifically indicated.
  • the compounds according to embodiments of this invention may accordingly exist as enantiomers. Where the compounds possess two or more chiral centers, they may additionally exist as diastereomers. It is to be understood that all such isomers and mixtures thereof are encompassed within the scope of the present invention. Furthermore, some of the crystalline forms for the compounds may exist as polymorph and as such are intended to be included in the present invention. In addition, some of the compounds may form solvates with water (i.e., hydrates) or common organic solvents, and such solvates are also intended to be encompassed within the scope of this invention. The skilled artisan will understand that the term compound as used herein, can also include solvated compounds of Formula (I).
  • the processes for the preparation of the compounds according to certain embodiments of the invention give rise to mixture of stereoisomers
  • these isomers may be separated by conventional techniques such as, preparative chromatography.
  • the compounds may be prepared in racemic form, or individual enantiomers may be prepared either by enantiospecific synthesis or by resolution.
  • the compounds may, for example, be resolved into their component enantiomers by standard techniques such as, the formation of diastereomeric pairs by salt formation with an optically active acid such as, (-)-di-p-toluoyl-d-tartaric acid and/or (+)-di-p-toluoyl-l-tartaric acid followed by fractional crystallization and regeneration of the free base.
  • the compounds may also be resolved by formation of diastereomeric esters or amides, followed by chomatographic separation and removal of the chiral auxiliary. Alternatively, the compounds may be resolved using a chiral HPLC column.
  • any one or more element(s), in particular when mentioned in relation to a compound of Formula (I), shall comprise all isotopes and isotopic mixtures of said element(s), either naturally occurring or synthetically produced, either with natural abundance or in an isotopically enriched form.
  • a reference to hydrogen includes within its scope 1 H, 2 H (D), and 3 H (T).
  • references to carbon and oxygen include within their scope respectively 12 C, 13 C and 14 C and 16 O and 18 O.
  • the isotopes may be radioactive or non-radioactive.
  • Radiolabelled compounds of formula (I) may comprise one or more isotope(s) selected from the group of 3 H, n C, 18 F, 122 I, 123 I, 125 I, 131 I, 75 Br, 76 Br, 77 Br and 82 Br.
  • the isotope is selected from the group of 2 H, 3 H, n C and 18 F.
  • deuterated compounds are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.
  • any of the processes for preparation of the compounds of the various embodiments of the present invention it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules concerned. This may be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups.
  • the protecting groups may be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known from the art.
  • compositions comprising compounds of Formula (I) and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, and/or pharmaceutically acceptable diluent.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) may be admixed with any suitable binder(s), lubricant(s), suspending agent(s), coating agent(s), solubilizing agent(s), and combinations thereof.
  • Solid oral dosage forms such as, tablets or capsules, containing the compounds of the present invention may be administered in at least one dosage form at a time, as appropriate. It is also possible to administer the compounds in sustained release formulations.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutical composition thereof includes a dose range from about 0.1 mg to about 3000 mg, or any particular amount or range therein; although, it is apparent to one skilled in the art that the therapeutically effective amount for a compound of Formula (I) will vary as will the diseases, syndromes, conditions, and disorders being treated.
  • the inhibition of MALT 1 by a provided compound may be useful in treating or preventing, in particular treating, the non-limiting list of cancers described herein.
  • the invention relates to compounds of Formula (I) for use as a medicament.
  • the invention relates to intermediates of Formula (A) for use as a medicament.
  • the invention relates to compounds of Formula (I) for use in the inhibition of MALT 1 activity.
  • the invention relates to intermediates of Formula (A) for use in the inhibition of MALT1 activity.
  • the invention relates to compounds of Formula (I) for use in the treatment of diseases mentioned herein.
  • the invention relates to intermediates of Formula (A) for use in the treatment of diseases mentioned herein.
  • the invention relates to compounds of Formula (I) for the treatment or prevention, in particular for the treatment, of said diseases.
  • the invention relates to intermediates of Formula (A) for the treatment or prevention, in particular for the treatment, of said diseases.
  • the invention relates to compounds of Formula (I) for the treatment or prevention, in particular in the treatment, of MALT1 mediated diseases or conditions.
  • the invention relates to intermediates of Formula (A) for the treatment or prevention, in particular in the treatment, of MALT 1 mediated diseases or conditions.
  • the invention relates to compounds of Formula (I) for the manufacture of a medicament.
  • the invention relates to intermediates of Formula (A) for the manufacture of a medicament.
  • the invention relates to compounds of Formula (I) for the manufacture of a medicament for the inhibition of MALT 1.
  • the invention relates to intermediates of Formula (A) for the manufacture of a medicament for the inhibition of MALT 1.
  • the invention relates to compounds of Formula (I) for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention, in particular for the treatment, of any one of the disease conditions mentioned herein.
  • the invention relates to intermediates of Formula (A) for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention, in particular for the treatment, of any one of the disease conditions mentioned herein.
  • the invention relates to compounds of Formula (I) for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of any one of the disease conditions mentioned herein.
  • the invention relates to intermediates of Formula (A) for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of any one of the disease conditions mentioned herein.
  • the invention relates to compounds of Formula (I) that can be administered to mammals, preferably humans, for the treatment or prevention of any one of the diseases mentioned herein.
  • the invention relates to intermediates of Formula (A) that can be administered to mammals, preferably humans, for the treatment or prevention of any one of the diseases mentioned herein.
  • references to Formula (I) also include all other sub-groups and examples thereof as defined herein.
  • intermediates or compounds of the present invention may also be prepared by analogous reaction protocols as described in the general schemes below and the specific examples, combined with standard synthetic processes commonly used by those skilled in the art.
  • reaction work-up refers to the series of manipulations required to isolate and purify the product(s) of a chemical reaction such as for example quenching, column chromatography, extraction).
  • microwave heating may be used instead of conventional heating to shorten the overall reaction time.
  • intermediates and final compounds shown in the Schemes below may be further functionalized according to methods well-known by the person skilled in the art.
  • the intermediates and compounds described herein can be isolated in free form or as a salt, or a solvate thereof.
  • the intermediates and compounds described herein may be synthesized in the form of mixtures of tautomers and stereoisomeric forms that can be separated from one another following art-known resolution procedures.
  • Suitable amino-protecting groups include but are not limited to acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), benzyl (Bn), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBz) and 9-fluorenylmethyleneoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
  • Suitable hydroxy-protecting groups include but are not limited to triisopropyl silyl and acetyl. The need for such protection is readily determined by one skilled in the art.
  • Compounds of Formula (I) can be prepared via a coupling reaction between an intermediate of Formula (II) and Formula (III), where X represents a suitable leaving group, such as for instance a halogen, in particular Cl, Br, I.
  • This reaction may be performed in the presence of a suitable base, such as, for example, CS2CO3, K3PO4 or K2CO3.
  • This reaction can be performed in a reaction-inert solvent, such as, for example, ZBuOH, toluene, or dioxane.
  • the reaction is typically performed in the presence of a catalyst system comprising a suitable catalyst such as /BuXPhos Pd G3, BrettPhos Pd G3, or SPhos Pd G4 and a ligand such as BrettPhos.
  • this reaction is carried out under an inert atmosphere, such as nitrogen or argon atmosphere, and in a suitable temperature range, such as for instance room temperature to 60 °C, under conventional heating or microwave irradiation.
  • Step 2 An intermediate of Formula (V) is reacted with a commercially available UT-pyrazol- 5-amine of Formula (VI), in the presence of acid, for instance, AcOH, in a suitable solvent, such as for instance toluene and at a suitable temperature range, such as, for instance room temperature to 95 °C, to provide an intermediate of Formula (VII).
  • acid for instance, AcOH
  • a suitable solvent such as for instance toluene and at a suitable temperature range, such as, for instance room temperature to 95 °C
  • a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or dioxane
  • Step 1 An intermediate of Formula (VIII) is reacted with an acylating agent, such as an acylchloride of Formula (IX), in the presence of base, for instance, triethylamine in a suitable solvent, such as for instance chloroform and at a suitable temperature, such as, for instance 0 °C, to provide an intermediate of Formula (X).
  • an acylating agent such as an acylchloride of Formula (IX)
  • base for instance, triethylamine
  • a suitable solvent such as for instance chloroform
  • a suitable temperature such as, for instance 0 °C
  • Step 2 An intermediate of Formula (X) is reacted with a suitable base, such as for instance, NaH, in a suitable solvent, such as for instance THF, and a suitable temperature range, such as for instance 75 °C, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XI).
  • a suitable base such as for instance, NaH
  • a suitable solvent such as for instance THF
  • a suitable temperature range such as for instance 75 °C
  • Step 3 An intermediate of Formula (XI) is reacted with an alkylating reagent, such as for instance 5-(trifluoromethyl)dibenzothiophenium trifluoromethanesulfonate or other alkylating agents known to one skilled in the art, in the presence of a suitable base, such as NaH, in a suitable solvent, such as for instance DMF and at a suitable temperature, such as, for instance 0 °C to room temperature, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XII).
  • an alkylating reagent such as for instance 5-(trifluoromethyl)dibenzothiophenium trifluoromethanesulfonate or other alkylating agents known to one skilled in the art
  • a suitable base such as NaH
  • a suitable solvent such as for instance DMF
  • a suitable temperature such as, for instance 0 °C to room temperature
  • Step 4 An intermediate of Formula (XII) is reacted with a suitable reductant, such as for instance, lithium aluminum hydride, in a suitable solvent, such as for instance THF, and a suitable temperature range, such as for instance 25 °C to 80 °C, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XIII).
  • a suitable reductant such as for instance, lithium aluminum hydride
  • THF a suitable solvent
  • a suitable temperature range such as for instance 25 °C to 80 °C
  • Step 5 An intermediate of formula (XIII) where PG 2 is a suitable protecting group such as for example benzyl is deprotected under appropriate conditions known to one skilled in the art, such as metal catalysed hydrogenation in a suitable solvent, such EtOH, at a suitable temperature, such as, for instance 25 °C, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XlVa).
  • PG 2 is a suitable protecting group such as for example benzyl
  • a suitable base such as, for instance, triethylamine (TEA)
  • THF triethylamine
  • Step 6 An intermediate of formula (XlVb) is oxidized in the presence of a suitable oxidant, such as for instance, pyridinium chlorochromate, in a suitable solvent, such as for instance DCM, and a suitable temperature, such as for instance 40 °C, to provide an intermediate of Formula (IVa).
  • a suitable oxidant such as for instance, pyridinium chlorochromate
  • a suitable solvent such as for instance DCM
  • a suitable temperature such as for instance 40 °C
  • Step 1 An intermediate of Formula (XV) is reacted with a phosphonate of Formula (XVI) according to Horner-Wadsworth-Emmon’s reaction conditions.
  • R’ substituent in intermediate (XVI) will enable the formation of either Z- or E- forms of intermediate (XVII).
  • R’ represents -CH2CF3
  • R’ represents ethyl
  • reaction is performed in the presence of an appropriate base, such as NaH, in a suitable solvent, such THF, at a suitable temperature range, such as for instance 0 °C to 25 °C, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XVII).
  • an intermediate of Formula (XVII), in which R 6 is Ci-4alkyl substituted with one -OH could be prepared by a person skilled in the art according to described literature procedures (for instance, Pereire, A. A. et al, Eur. J. Org. Chem. 2017, 12, 1578-1582).
  • Step 2 An intermediate of Formula (XVII) is reacted with a suitable reductant, such as for instance, DIBAL-H, in a suitable solvent, such as for instance THF, and a suitable temperature range, such as for instance 0 °C to 25 °C, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XVIIIa).
  • a suitable reductant such as for instance, DIBAL-H
  • a suitable solvent such as for instance THF
  • a suitable temperature range such as for instance 0 °C to 25 °C
  • a suitable protecting group such as triisopropylsilyl ether or acetyl
  • Step 3 An intermediate of Formula (XVIIIb) is reacted with a suitable difluorocyclopropanation reagent, such as methyl 2,2-difluoro-2-(fluorosulfonyl)acetate, in the presence of additives such as for instance, potassium iodide and trimethylchlorosilane, in a suitable solvent, such bis(2 -methoxy ethyl)ether, at a suitable temperature, such as, for instance, 120 °C, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XIXa).
  • a suitable difluorocyclopropanation reagent such as methyl 2,2-difluoro-2-(fluorosulfonyl)acetate
  • additives such as for instance, potassium iodide and trimethylchlorosilane
  • a suitable solvent such bis(2 -methoxy ethyl)ether
  • an intermediate of Formula (XVIIIb) is reacted with a suitable difluorocyclopropanation reagent, such as (bromodifluoromethyl)trimethylsilane, in a suitable solvent such as, for instance, toluene, at a suitable temperature, such as, for instance 110 °C, optionally in the presence of a catalyst such as tetrabutylammonium bromide, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XIXa).
  • a suitable difluorocyclopropanation reagent such as (bromodifluoromethyl)trimethylsilane
  • a suitable solvent such as, for instance, toluene
  • a suitable temperature such as, for instance 110 °C
  • a catalyst such as tetrabutylammonium bromide
  • an appropriate deprotecting reagent/procedure such as for instance, tetrabutylammonium fluoride (in suitable solvent such as for example THF) or potassium carbonate (in a suitable solvent such as methanol)
  • Step 4 An intermediate of formula (XlXb) is reacted with a suitable oxidant, such as for instance, (di acetoxy iodo)benzene in the presence of a catalyst, such as for instance TEMPO, and a suitable base, such as NaHCOs, in an appropriate solvent, such as for instance a mixture of water and ACN, and a suitable temperature, such as for instance 25 °C, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XX).
  • a suitable oxidant such as for instance, (di acetoxy iodo)benzene
  • a catalyst such as for instance TEMPO
  • a suitable base such as NaHCOs
  • Step 5 An intermediate of Formula (XX) is reacted with an appropriate amine R 3a R 3b NH, wherein the variables are described as hereabove, in the presence of a suitable coupling reagent, such as HATU, and an appropriate base such as for example triethylamine, typically in a solvent such as ACN, at a suitable temperature, such as for example room temperature, to provide an intermediate of Formula (III).
  • a suitable coupling reagent such as HATU
  • an appropriate base such as for example triethylamine
  • Step 6 an intermediate of Formula (XVI) is reacted with a suitable difluorocyclopropanation reagent, such as (bromodifluoromethyl)trimethylsilane, in a suitable solvent such as, for instance, toluene, at a suitable temperature, such as, for instance 110 °C, optionally in the presence of a catalyst such as tetrabutylammonium bromide, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XXI).
  • a suitable difluorocyclopropanation reagent such as (bromodifluoromethyl)trimethylsilane
  • a suitable solvent such as, for instance, toluene
  • a suitable temperature such as, for instance 110 °C
  • a catalyst such as tetrabutylammonium bromide
  • Step 7 An intermediate of Formula (XXI) is reacted under hydrolysis conditions to provide an intermediate of Formula (XX).
  • This reaction can be performed in the presence of a suitable base, such as LiOH, in a suitable solvent system, such as water/THF optionally containing EtOH or MeOH, and at a suitable temperature range, such as room temperature.
  • a suitable base such as LiOH
  • a suitable solvent system such as water/THF optionally containing EtOH or MeOH
  • a compound of Formula (I) can be prepared via a coupling reaction between an active intermediate of Formula (A) and an amine of R 3a R 3b NH (commercially available or can be prepared by skilled person), as exemplified below in General Scheme 5.
  • Step 1 An intermediate of Formula (XXI), wherein X is a leaving group such as for instance halogen, in particular Cl, Br, I as described above in Scheme 1, is reacted with an intermediate of Formula (II) under coupling reaction conditions, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XXII).
  • This reaction may be performed in the presence of a suitable base, such as, for example, CS2CO3, K3PO4 or K2CO3.
  • This reaction can be performed in a reaction-inert solvent, such as, for example, ZBuOH, toluene, DMA or dioxane.
  • the reaction is typically performed in the presence of a catalyst system comprising a suitable catalyst such as /BuXPhos Pd G3, BrettPhos Pd G3, or SPhos Pd G4 and a ligand such as BrettPhos.
  • a catalyst system comprising a suitable catalyst such as /BuXPhos Pd G3, BrettPhos Pd G3, or SPhos Pd G4 and a ligand such as BrettPhos.
  • this reaction is carried out under an inert atmosphere, such as nitrogen or argon atmosphere, and in a suitable temperature range, such as for instance room temperature to 60 °C, under conventional heating or microwave irradiation.
  • Step 2 An intermediate of Formula (XXII) is reacted hydrolyzed to provide an active intermediate of Formula (A).
  • This reaction can be performed in the presence of a suitable base, such as LiOH, in a suitable solvent system, such as water/THF, and at a suitable temperature range, such as room temperature.
  • Suitable amino-protecting groups include but are not limited to t- butoxy carbonyl (Boc), and acetyl.
  • Suitable alcohol protecting groups include t- butyldimethylsilyl. The need for such protection is readily determined by one skilled in the art.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) may be synthesized in the form of racemic mixtures of enantiomers which can be separated from one another following art-known resolution procedures.
  • the racemic compounds of Formula (I) containing a basic nitrogen atom may be converted into the corresponding diastereomeric salt forms by reaction with a suitable chiral acid. Said diastereomeric salt forms are subsequently separated, for example, by selective or fractional crystallization and the enantiomers are liberated therefrom by alkali.
  • An alternative manner of separating the enantiomeric forms of the compounds of Formula (I) involves liquid chromatography using a chiral stationary phase. Said pure stereochemically isomeric forms may also be derived from the corresponding pure stereochemically isomeric forms of the appropriate starting materials, provided that the reaction occurs stereospecifically.
  • Suitable amino-protecting groups include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBz) and 9- fluorenylmethyleneoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
  • NH-Pg amino-protecting groups
  • Compounds or intermediates isolated as a salt form may be integer stoichiometric i.e. mono- or di-salts, or of intermediate stoichiometry.
  • a HC1 salt When an intermediate or compound in the experimental part below is indicated as ‘a HC1 salt’ without indication of the number of equivalents of HC1, this means that the number of equivalents of HC1 was not determined.
  • Intermediate 22 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 21, starting from trans-3-methylsulfonylcyclobutylamine hydrochloride [1408075-97-7] (1.25 g, 6.73 mmol) instead of 3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutan-l-amine hydrochloride [2639792-63-3] to give Intermediate 22 (1.16 g, 73% yield) as a light-yellow solid.
  • Intermediate 23 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 13, starting from 4-bromo-2,3-difluorobenzaldehyde [644985-24-0] (5 g, 22.6 mmol) instead of 4- bromobenzaldehyde [1122-91-4] to give Intermediate 23 (3.5 g, 51% yield).
  • Intermediate 35 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 13, starting from 4-bromo-3 -fluorobenzaldehyde [133059-43-5] (10 g, 1.2 mmol) instead of 4- bromobenzaldehyde [1122-91-4] to give Intermediate 35 (11 g, 74% yield).
  • Intermediate 54 was prepared by analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 50, starting from Intermediate 11 (24.3 mg, 0.088 mmol) and Intermediate 53 (60.0 mg, 0.097 mmol) to give Intermediate 54 (59.4 g, 72% yield) as a yellow film.
  • Triisopropyl silyl chloride [13154-24-0] (1.7 mL, 0.9 g/mL, 7.94 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of methyl (2E)-3-(4-bromophenyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-2-propenoate [1505472-36-5] (1.79 g, 6.6 mmol), DMAP [1122-58-3] (87 mg, 0.71 mmol) and imidazole [288-32-4] (582.6 mg, 8.56 mmol) in dry DCM (35 mL) at room temperature.
  • Intermediate 62 was purified by preparative chiral SFC (Column: DAICEL CHIRALCEL OJ (250mm*50mm, lOum); Mobile phase: [CCL-EtOH (0.1% NH3H2O)]; B%:20%, isocratic elution mode). The fractions containing compound were combined and evaporated in vacuo to give Intermediate 63 (14.6 g, 98% purity) and Intermediate 64 (13.2 g, 98% purity) as yellow oils.
  • Intermediate 66 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 13, starting from ethyl 2-(diethoxyphosphoryl)-4-methylpentanoate [17145-91-4] (2.12 g, 7.56 mmol) and 4-bromo-benzaldehyde [1122-91-4] (1.16 mg, 6.30 mmol) to give Intermediate 66 (861 mg, 44% yield).
  • Intermediate 70 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 13, starting from ethyl 2-(diethoxyphosphoryl)propanoate [3699-66-9] (35.22 g, 147.845 mmol) and 5- bromopicolinaldehyde [31181-90-5] (25 g, 134.404 mmol) to give Intermediate 70 (21.3 g, 56% yield) as a light-yellow solid.
  • Intermediate 71 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 14, starting from Intermediate 70 (21.3 g, 74.91 mmol) to give Intermediate 71 (16 g, 89% yield) as a lightyellow oil.
  • Intermediate 72 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 15, starting from Intermediate 71 (16 g, 66.64 mmol) to give Intermediate 72 (20 g, 77% yield) as a lightyellow oil.
  • Intermediate 100 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 47, starting from Intermediate 35 (60.0 g, 208.96 mmol) to give Intermediate 100 (36.0 g, 48% yield) as a brown oil.
  • Intermediate 101 and 102
  • Intermediate 103 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 50, starting from Intermediate 102 (163.9 mg, 0.48 mmol) to give Intermediate 103 (184.8 mg, 80% yield) as a yellow film.
  • a pressure tube was charged with Intermediate 22 (175 mg, 0.41 mmol), Intermediate 11 (126.11 mg, 0.46 mmol), BrettPhos Pd G3 (37.57 mg, 0.041 mmol), BrettPhos (22.24 mg, 0.041 mmol), CS2CO3 (202.53 mg, 0.62 mmol), and 1,4-dioxane (4.05 mL).
  • the mixture was degassed, then stirred at 60 °C for 8 h. The reaction was cooled down to RT and filtered through celite.
  • Compound 10 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Compound 1, starting from Intermediate 40 (0.17 mg, 0.40 mmol) instead of Intermediate 22 to give Compound 10 (151 mg, 59% yield).
  • Analytical SFC data - Rt means retention time (in minutes)
  • method refers to the method used for (SFC)MS analysis of enantiomerically pure compounds. No. means number.
  • HPLC High Performance Liquid Chromatography
  • MS Mass Spectrometer
  • SQL Single Quadrupole Detector
  • MSD Mass Selective Detector
  • RT room temperature
  • BEH bridged ethylsiloxane/silica hybrid
  • DAD Diode Array Detector
  • HSS High Strength silica
  • the SFC measurement was performed using an Analytical Supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC) system composed by a binary pump for delivering carbon dioxide (CO2) and modifier, an autosampler, a column oven, a diode array detector equipped with a high-pressure flow cell standing up to 400 bars. If configured with a Mass Spectrometer (MS) the flow from the column was brought to the (MS). It is within the knowledge of the skilled person to set the tune parameters (e.g., scanning range, dwell time. . .) to obtain ions allowing the identification of the compound’s nominal monoisotopic molecular weight (MW). Data acquisition was performed with appropriate software.
  • SFC Analytical Supercritical fluid chromatography
  • In vitro assays include assays that determine cell morphology, protein expression, and/or the cytotoxicity, enzyme inhibitory activity, and/or the subsequent functional consequences of treatment of cells with compounds of the invention. Alternate or additional in vitro assays may be used to quantitate the ability of the inhibitor to bind to protein or nucleic acid molecules within the cell.
  • Inhibitor binding may be measured by radiolabelling the inhibitor prior to binding, isolating the inhibitor/target molecule complex and determining the amount of radiolabel bound.
  • inhibitor binding may be determined by running a competition experiment where new inhibitors are incubated with purified proteins or nucleic acids bound to known radioligands.
  • Detailed conditions of exemplary systems for assaying a compound of Formula (I) of the present invention as MALT1 inhibitors are set forth in the Biological Examples below.
  • MALT1 protease activity was assessed in an in vitro assay using a tetrapeptide as substrate and full-length MALT1 protein (Strep-MALTl(l-824)-His) purified from baculovirus-infected insect cells.
  • the tetrapeptide LRSR is coupled to AMC (7-amino-4-methylcoumarin) and provides a quenched, fluorescent substrate for the MALT1 protease (SM Biochemicals). Cleavage of AMC from the Arginine residue results in an increase in coumarin fluorescence measured at 460 nm (excitation 355 nm).
  • the final assay buffer consisted of 10 nM FL MALT1 protein, 200 pM Ac-LRSR-AMC, 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.6 M Citrate, 1 mM dithiothreitol (DTT), 1 mM ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), 0.05% bovine serum albumin (BSA) and 1.5% dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO).
  • Test compounds were spotted at 50 nL in 100% DMSO per well of a black 384-Proxiplate (Perkin Elmer). Test compound concentrations ranged from 30 pM to 0.5 nM using 11 dilution steps (1 :3).
  • %Controlmin ((sample-LC) / (HC-LC)) x 100
  • MALT1 GloSensorTM is a split luciferase reporter, which utilizes a genetically modified form of firefly luciferase (CP UltraGio) split into 2 distinct domains by insertion of a RelB MALT1 cleavage site sequence PRLVSRGA.
  • MALT 1 -induced cleavage allows for a conformational change that reestablishes a functional luciferase protein resulting in luminescence, and hence luciferase activity would be a surrogate of endogenous MALT1 protease activity.
  • Jurkat MALT1 GloSensorTM were generated by electroporation and selected and maintained in the presence of 0.5 mg/mL Geneticin.
  • MALT1 protease is basally inactive in Jurkat cells and can be activated by treatment with PMA/Ionomycin. Small molecule MALT1 inhibitors added prior to PMA/Ionomycin addition prevent MALT1 protease activation and, therefore, the cleavage of the MALT1 GloSensor split luciferase reporter in a dose-dependent manner.
  • Jurkat MALT1 GloSensorTM cells were maintained in complete RPMI 1640 media containing 10% fetal bovine serum, lOmM 4-(2 -hydroxy ethyl)- 1 -piperazineethanesulfonic acid (HEPES), 100 units/mL of penicillin, 100 pg/mL of streptomycin and 0.5 mg/mL Geneticin. Prior to the assay, compounds were made 2.5-fold serial dilutions in DMSO. 100 nL of of test compounds were spotted per well of 384-well plates (Perkin Elmer, catalogue number 6007688).
  • Jurkat cells were harvested by centrifuge at 1200 RPM for 5 min and suspended in fresh complete RPMI 1640 media with 2% GloSensorTM cAMP Reagent and preincubated for 45-60 minutes at 37 °C in a 5% CO2 incubator.
  • a volume of 50 uL of preincubated Jurkat MALT1 GloSensorTM cells (1 x 10 5 cells) were seeded in each well of 384-well plate.
  • a volume 2 pL of diluted PMA / lonomycin (2.5 pg/mL / 25 pM respectively, Sigma, catalogue number P1585 and 407953) in DMSO were added to each well.
  • luminescence was measured on the Envision (Perkin Elmer) at 37 °C.
  • IC50 values were calculated using SmartFit in GeneData Screener®:
  • OCI-Ly3 cells were propagated in RPMI-1640 (Sigma Aldrich) supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (HyClone), 2 mM L-glutamine (Sigma Aldrich) and 1% PenStrep (Sigma Aldrich). Cell passage number should not exceed 30. Cells should be kept between 0.5 - 1.5 million cells per mL during culturing.
  • OCI-Ly3 cells were propagated in RPMI-1640 with Glutamax (ThermoFisher) supplemented with 10% heat inactivated fetal bovine serum (ThermoFisher). Cells should be kept between 0.2 - 1.5 million cells per mL and passed every 3-4 days during culturing.
  • OCI- Ly7 cells were propagated in IMDM (ThermoFisher) supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (HyClone), 2 mM L-glutamine (Sigma Aldrich) and 50 pg/mL Gentamycin. Cells should be kept between 0.15 - 3 million cells per mL and passed every 3-4 days during culturing. Cell passage numbers should not exceed 20.
  • test compounds 450 nL of test compounds were spotted per well of U-bottom 96-well plates (Corning®, #3975).
  • 500 OCI-Ly3 or OCI-Ly7 cells were seeded in 150 pL media per well and incubated for 8 days at 37 °C and 5% CO2.
  • Cell plating numbers were chosen based on growth curves to ensure linear cell growth.
  • 100 pL of the plated cells were resuspended up and down by pipette and transferred to a flat bottom black plate (Corning®, #3904).
  • 50 pL CellTiterGLO reagent Promega
  • IC50 values were calculated using SmartFit in GeneData Screener®:

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are compounds, compositions and methods for treating of diseases, syndromes, conditions, and disorders that are affected by the modulation of MALT1.

Description

MALT1 INHIBITORS
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to a novel compound that is a MALT1 (mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma translocation protein 1) inhibitor. The compound may be useful for the treatment of a disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder, particularly a MALTl-related disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder, including but not limited to, cancer and immunological diseases. The invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more of such compounds, to processes to prepare such compounds and compositions, and to the use of such compounds or pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of cancer and autoimmunological diseases, syndromes, disorders, or conditions associated with MALT1 inhibitors.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
MALT1 (mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma translocation 1) is a key mediator of the classical NFKB signaling pathway. MALT1 is the only human paracaspase and transduces signals from the B cell receptor (BCR) and T cell receptor (TCR). MALT1 is the active subunit of the CBM complex which is formed upon receptor activation. The CBM complex consists of multiple subunits of three proteins: CARD 11 (caspase recruitment domain family member 11), BCL10 (B-cell CLL/Lymphoma 10) and MALT1. MALT1 affects NFKB signaling by two mechanisms: firstly, MALT1 functions as a scaffolding protein and recruits NFKB signaling proteins such as TRAF6, TAB-TAK1 or NEMO-IKKa/0; and secondly, MALT1, as a cysteine protease, cleaves and thereby deactivates negative regulators of NFKB signaling, such as RelB, A20 or CYLD. The ultimate endpoint of MALT1 activity is the nuclear translocation of the NFKB transcription factor complex and activation of NFKB signaling.
Constitutive activation of NFKB signaling is the hallmark of ABC-DLBCL (Diffuse Large B cell Lymphoma of the Activated B Cell-like subtype), the more aggressive form of DLBCL. DLBCL is the most common form of non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma (NHL), accounting for approximately 25% of lymphoma cases while ABC-DLBCL comprises approximately 40% of DLBCL. NFKB pathway activation is driven by mutations of signaling components, such as CD79A/B, CARD11, MYD88 or A20, in ABC-DLBCL patients.
The use of BTK inhibitors, for example Ibrutinib, provides clinical proof-of-concept that inhibiting NFKB signaling in ABC-DLBCL is efficacious. MALT1 is downstream of BTK in the NFKB signaling pathway and a MALT1 inhibitor could target ABC-DLBCL patients not responding to Ibrutinib, mainly patients with CARD 11 mutations, as well as treat patients that acquired resistance to Ibrutinib. Small molecule tool compound inhibitors of MALT1 protease have demonstrated efficacy in preclinical models of ABC-DLBCL. Interestingly, covalent catalytic site and allosteric inhibitors of MALT1 protease function have been described, suggesting that inhibitors of this protease may be useful as pharmaceutical agents.
The chromosomal translocation creating the API2-MALT1 fusion oncoprotein is the most common mutation identified in MALT (mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue) lymphoma. API2-MALT1 is a potent activator of the NFKB pathway. API2-MALT1 mimics ligand-bound TNF receptor, promotes TRAF2-dependent ubiquitination of RIP 1 which acts as a scaffold for activating canonical NFKB signaling. Furthermore, API2-MALT1 has been shown to cleave and generate a stable, constitutively active fragment of NFicB-inducing kinase (NIK) thereby activating the non-canonical NFKB pathway.
In addition to lymphomas, MALT1 has been shown to play a critical role in innate and adaptive immunity. MALT1 protease inhibitor can attenuate disease onset and progression of mouse experimental allergic encephalomyelitis, a mouse model of multiple sclerosis. Mice expressing catalytically inactive MALT1 mutant showed loss of marginal zone B cells and Bl B cells and general immune deficiency characterized as decreased T and B cell activation and proliferation. However, those mice also developed spontaneous multi-organ autoimmune inflammation at the age of 9 to 10 weeks. It is still poorly understood why MALT1 protease dead knock-in mice show a break of tolerance while conventional MALT1 KO mice do not. One hypothesis suggests the unbalanced immune homeostasis in MALT1 protease dead knock- in mice may be caused by incomplete deficiency in T and B cell but severe deficiency of immunoregulatory cells. Similarly, MALT deficiency in humans has been associated with combined immunodeficiency disorder. Given the difference between genetic mutation and pharmacological inhibition, a phenotype of MALT1 protease dead knock-in mice might not resemble that of patients treated with MALT1 protease inhibitors. A reduction of immunosuppressive T cells by MALT1 protease inhibition may be beneficial to cancer patients by potentially increasing antitumor immunity.
Thus, MALT1 inhibitors of the present invention may provide a therapeutic benefit to patients suffering from cancer and/or immunological diseases.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is directed to compounds of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000004_0001
and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
R1 represents
Figure imgf000004_0002
Rx represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; halo; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
Ry represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
Rz represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; or Ry and Rz taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3-6cycloalkyl; ring
Figure imgf000004_0003
represents phenyl or pyridyl;
R2 represents halo; n is 0, 1 or 2;
R3a represents hydrogen or Ci-4alkyl;
R3b represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; adamantyl; Ce-iocarbobicyclic; Het1;
Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halo, cyano, -OH, -OR7, -S(=O)2-R7, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-R7, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -NH-(C=O)-R7, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-NR4aR4b, -P(=O)-R4cR4d, -O-Ci-4alkyl-C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl-O-R7, -NH-S(=O)2-R7, Het3a, Het3b, and Ci-4alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, halo, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, and -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl;
Ce-iocarbobicyclic substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halo, cyano, -OH, -OR7, -S(=O)2-R7, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-R7, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -NH-(C=O)-R7, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-NR4aR4b, -P(=O)-R4cR4d, -O-Ci-4alkyl-C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl-O-R7, -NH-S(=O)2-R7, and Ci-4alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, halo, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, and -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl; or
Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of cyano, halo, -OH, -OR7, -S(=O)2-R7, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-R7, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -NH-(C=O)-R7, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-NR4aR4b, -P(=O)-R4cR4d, -O-Ci-4alkyl-C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl-O-R7, -NH-S(=O)2-R7, -CF3, Cy1, Het3a, Het3b, -O-Het3b, -C(=O)-Het3a, -C(=O)-Het3b, and
Figure imgf000005_0001
or R3a and R3b are taken together to form together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached Het2;
Cy1 represents C3-6cycloalkyl; or C3-6cycloalkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -OH, -OR7, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -NH-(C=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -NH-(C=O)-C3-6cycloalkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, and -NH-S(=O)2-R7;
Het1 represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; or Het1 represents a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with in total one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halo, cyano, -OH, -OR7 -S(=O)2-R7, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-R7, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -NH-(C=O)-R7, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-NR4aR4b, -P(=O)-R4cR4d, -O-Ci-4alkyl-C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl-O-R7, -NH-S(=O)2-R7, and Ci-4alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, halo, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, and -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH); wherein one or more of the N-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with Ci-4alkyl, Het5, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -C(=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -C(=O)-C3-6cycloalkyl, or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH and halo;
Het2 represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; or Het2 represents a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with in total one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halo, cyano, -OH, -OR7, Het6, -S(=O)2-R7, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-R7, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -NH-(C=O)-R7, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-NR4aR4b, -P(=O)-R4cR4d, -O-Ci-4alkyl-C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl-O-R7, -NH-S(=O)2-R7, and Ci-4alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, halo, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, Het4 and -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH); wherein one or more of the N-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with Ci-4alkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -C(=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, Het4, or -C(=O)-C3-6cycloalkyl;
Het3a represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; or Het3a represents a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with in total one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halo, -OH, -OR7, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -NH-(C=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -NH-(C=O)-C3-6cycloalkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, and -NH-S(=O)2-R7; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH); wherein one or more of the N-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with Ci-4alkyl, Het5, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b , -C(=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -C(=O)-C3-6cycloalkyl, or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH and halo;
Het3b represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; or Het3b represents a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with in total one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halo, -OH, Ci-4alkyl, -OR7, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -NH-(C=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -NH-(C=O)-C3-6cycloalkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, and -NH-S(=O)2-R7; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH); wherein one or more of the N-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with Ci-4alkyl, Het5, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b , -C(=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -C(=O)-C3-6cycloalkyl, or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH and halo;
Het4 represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH);
Het5 represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH);
Het6 represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=0)2, or S(=O)(=NH);
R4a and R4b each independently represent hydrogen, Ci-4alkyl, Cs-ecycloalkyl, or Ci-4alkyl-O-Ci-4alkyl;
R4C and R4d each independently represent Ci-4alkyl or -O-Ci-4alkyl;
R6 represents Ci-4alkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one -OH;
R7 represents Ci-4alkyl or Cs-ecycloalkyl, each optionally substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; pl and p2 each independently are 1, 2 or 3; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The present invention is also directed to active intermediates of Formula (A)
Figure imgf000008_0001
and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
R1 represents
Figure imgf000008_0002
Rx represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; halo; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
Ry represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
Rz represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; or Ry and Rz taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3-6cycloalkyl; ring
Figure imgf000009_0001
represents phenyl or pyridyl;
R2 represents halo; n is 0, 1 or 2;
R6 represents Ci-4alkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one -OH; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
All references to “compound(s) of Formula (I)” and “intermediates of Formula (A)”, in the context of this invention, might also refer to a solvate or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form thereof, even if not explicitly referred to, and are included in the scope of the present invention. It will be clear this also applies to subgroups of Formula (I) and Formula (A).
The compounds of Formula (I) and intermediates of Formula (A) may exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like, and it is intended that the invention embrace both solvated and unsolvated forms.
As used herein, bonds shown only as solid lines and not as solid wedged or hashed wedged bonds, hashed or bold bonds, or otherwise indicated as having a particular configuration (e.g. by a stereodescriptor such as R, S, R or S’, ‘S or R trans, cis) around one or more atoms, contemplate each possible stereoisomer (stereoisomeric form), or mixture of two or more stereoisomers. Where the stereochemistry of any particular chiral atom is not specified in the structures shown herein, then all possible stereoisomers are contemplated and included as the compounds of the invention, either as a pure stereoisomer or as a mixture of two or more stereoisomers.
Hereinbefore and hereinafter, the term “compound(s) of Formula (I)” is also meant to include the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms (stereoisomers; for example enantiomers and diastereomers) thereof, even if not explicitly referred to. However, where stereochemistry, as mentioned in the previous paragraph, is specified by bonds which are shown as solid wedged or hashed wedged bonds, hashed or bold bonds, or are otherwise indicated as having a particular configuration (e.g. R, S, R or S’, ‘S or R ’, trans, cis), then that stereoisomer is so specified and defined. It will be clear this also applies to subgroups of Formula (I). It will be clear this also applies to corresponding intermediates of Formula (A).
In the context of this invention it should be understood that bonds shown as solid lines but indicated with a stereodescriptor, mean that such a stereocenter is specified and defined according to the stereodescriptor.
In the context of this invention it should be understood that bonds shown as solid lines but indicated with R or S’ or ‘S or R ’, are used to indicate that such a stereocenter is chirally pure but with unknown configuration (pure stereoisomers and enantiomerically pure, but absolute stereochemistry undetermined on stereocenter indicated with R or S’ or ‘S or R ’).
Substituents on bivalent cyclic saturated (for example a cyclopropyl moiety) or partially saturated radicals may have either the cis- or trans-configuration. Terms like ‘trans A’ or ‘trans B’ mean that one particular trans form was obtained but that the absolute stereochemistry was undetermined.
It will be clear for a skilled person that a hashed bond and a bold bond on a 1,3- disubstituted cyclobutyl moiety as shown below: .
Figure imgf000010_0001
9 , whereby X and X represent substituents, indicate that the substituents on the cyclobutyl moiety have trans-configuration.
It will be clear for a skilled person that the bold bonds on a 1,3 -di substituted cyclobutyl moiety as shown below: .
Figure imgf000010_0002
9 , whereby X and X represent substituents, indicate that the substituents on the cyclobutyl moiety have cis-configuration.
It will be clear for a skilled person that a hashed bond and a bold bond on a 1,4- disubstituted cyclohexyl moiety as shown below:
Figure imgf000010_0003
, whereby X1 and X2 represent substituents, indicate that the substituents on the cyclohexyl moiety have trans-configuration.
It will be clear for a skilled person that the bold bonds on a 1,4-di substituted cyclohexyl moiety as shown below:
Figure imgf000011_0001
indicate that the substituents on the cyclohexyl moiety have cis-configuration.
Atropisomers (or atropoisomers) are stereoisomers which have a particular spatial configuration, resulting from a restricted rotation about a single bond, due to large steric hindrance. All atropisomeric forms of the compounds of Formula (I) are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.
If a compound contains a double bond, the substituents may be in the E or the Z configuration.
Therefore, the invention and the term “compound(s) of Formula (I)” is also meant to include enantiomers, atropisomers, diastereomers, racemates, E isomers, Z isomers, cis isomers, trans isomers and mixtures thereof, whenever chemically possible. It will be clear this also applies to intermediates of Formula (A).
The meaning of all those terms, i.e. enantiomers, atropisomers, diastereomers, racemates, E isomers, Z isomers, cis isomers, trans isomers and mixtures thereof are known to the skilled person. The configuration is specified in line with standard priority rules according to the Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system.
The term “compound(s) of the (present) invention” or “compound(s) according to the (present) invention” as used herein, is meant to include the compounds of Formula (I) including tautomers and stereoisomeric forms, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms, and the solvates thereof.
The present invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising, consisting of and/or consisting essentially of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent and a compound of Formula (I). It will be clear this also applies to intermediates of Formula (A).
Also provided are processes for making a pharmaceutical composition comprising, consisting of, and/or consisting essentially of admixing a compound of Formula (I), and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent. It will be clear this also applies to intermediates of Formula (A).
The present invention further provides methods for treating or ameliorating a disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder in a subject, including a mammal and/or human in which the disease, syndrome, or condition is affected by the inhibition of MALT1, including but not limited to, cancer and/or immunological diseases, using a compound of Formula (I). It will be clear this also applies to intermediates of Formula (A).
The present invention also is directed to the use of any of the compounds described herein in the preparation of a medicament wherein the medicament is prepared for treating a disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder that is affected by the inhibition of MALT 1, such as cancer and/or immunological diseases.
The present invention is also directed to the preparation of compounds of Formula (I) that act as an inhibitor of MALT 1. The present invention is also directed to the preparation of intermediates of Formula (A) that act as an inhibitor of MALT 1.
Exemplifying the invention are methods of treating a disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder mediated by MALT1, using a compound of Formula (I). In particular said disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder mediated by MALT1 is selected from the group consisting of lymphomas, leukemias, carcinomas, and sarcomas, e.g. non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma (NHL (including B-cell NHL)), diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL), mantle cell lymphoma (MCL), follicular lymphoma (FL), mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma, marginal zone lymphoma, T-cell lymphoma, Hodgkin’s lymphoma, Burkitt’s lymphoma, multiple myeloma, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), small lymphocytic lymphoma (SLL), Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia, lymphoblastic T cell leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), hairy-cell leukemia, acute lymphoblastic T cell leukemia, plasmacytoma, immunoblastic large cell leukemia, megakaryoblastic leukemia, acute megakaryocytic leukemia, promyelocytic leukemia, erytholeukemia, brain (gliomas), glioblastomas, breast cancer, colorectal/colon cancer, prostate cancer, lung cancer including non-small-cell, gastric cancer, endometrial cancer, melanoma, pancreatic cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, squamous cell carcinoma, ovarian cancer, sarcoma, osteosarcoma, thyroid cancer, bladder cancer, head and neck cancer, testicular cancer, Ewing’s sarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, medulloblastoma, neuroblastoma, cervical cancer, renal cancer, urothelial cancer, vulval cancer, esophageal cancer, salivary gland cancer, nasopharangeal cancer, buccal cancer, cancer of the mouth, and GIST (gastrointestinal stromal tumor), comprising, consisting of, and/or consisting essentially of, administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions described in the present invention.
In another embodiment, the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder mediated by MALT1 is selected from the group consisting of diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL), mantle cell lymphoma (MCL), follicular lymphoma (FL), and mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma.
An embodiment of the present invention is directed to a compound of Formula (I) for (use in) the treatment of immunological diseases that are affected by the inhibition of MALT 1, including but not limited to, autoimmune and inflammatory disorders, e.g. arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, gastritis, ankylosing spondylitis, ulcerative colitis, pancreatits, Crohn’s disease, celiac disease, multiple sclerosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, lupus nephritis, rheumatic fever, gout, organ or transplact rejection, chronic allograft rejection, acute or chronic graft-versus-host disease, dermatitis including atopic, dermatomyositis, psoriasis, Behcet’s diseases, uveitis, myasthenia gravis, Grave’s disease, Hashimoto thyroiditis, Sjorgen’s syndrome, blistering disorders, antibody-mediated vasculitis syndromes, immune-complex vasculitides, allergic disorders, asthma, bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), cystic fibrosis, pneumonia, pulmonary diseases including oedema, embolism, fibrosis, sarcoidosis, hypertension and emphysema, silicosis, respiratory failure, acute respiratory distress syndrome, BENTA disease, berylliosis, and polymyositis.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a compound of Formula (I) for (use in) the treatment of a disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT 1, selected from the group consisting of rheumatoid arthritis (RA), psoritic arthritis (PsA), psorisis (Pso), ulcerative colitis (UC), Crohn’s disease, systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), asthma, and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
In an alternate embodiment, the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT1 is selected from non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma (NHL), diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL), marginal zone lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma (MCL), follicular lymphoma (FL), transformed follicular lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, and Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia.
In yet another embodiment of the invention, the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT 1 is lymphoma.
In another embodiment of the invention, the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT 1 is the activated B cell like (ABC) subtype of diffuse large B- cell lymphoma (DLBCL).
In another embodiment of the invention, the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT 1 is germinal center B cell like (GCB) subtype of diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL).
In another embodiment of the invention, the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT1 is non-germinal center B cell like (non-GCB) subtype of diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL).
In an additional embodiment of the invention, the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT 1 is chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL). In another embodiment, the disorder or condition small lymphocytic lymphoma (SLL).
In another embodiment of the invention, the lymphoma is MALT lymphoma. In another embodiment of the invention, the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT 1 is Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia (WM).
In yet another embodiment, the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT1 is selected from the group consisting of diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL), mantle cell lymphoma (MCL), follicular lymphoma (FL), and mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma.
In an alternate embodiment, the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT 1 is non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma (NHL). In a further embodiment, the nonHodgkin’s lymphoma (NHL) is B-cell NHL. In another embodiment, the non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma (NHL) is relapsed/refractory B-cell NHL.
In another embodiment of the invention, the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT1 is selected from the group consisting of relapsed/refractory non-germinal center B cell like (non-GCB) subtype of diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL), relapsed/refractory Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia (WM), relapsed/refractory mantle cell lymphoma (MCL), relapsed/refractory follicular lymphoma (FL), and relapsed/refractory mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma.
In another embodiment of the invention, the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT1 is relapsed/refractory non-germinal center B cell like (non- GCB) subtype of diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL).
In another embodiment of the invention, the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT1 is relapsed/refractory Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia (WM).
In another embodiment of the invention, the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT 1 is relapsed/refractory mantle cell lymphoma (MCL).
In another embodiment of the invention, the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT 1 is relapsed/refractory follicular lymphoma (FL).
In another embodiment of the invention, the disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT1 is relapsed/refractory mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma.
Compounds of Formula (I) may be used for the treatment of immunological diseases including, but not limited to, autoimmune and inflammatory disorders, e.g. sepsis-related acute lung injury (ALI), acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis (RA), psoriatic arthritis (PsA), inflammatory bowel disease, gastritis, ankylosing spondylitis, ulcerative colitis, pancreatitis, Crohn’s disease, celiac disease, multiple sclerosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, lupus nephritis, rheumatic fever, gout, organ or transplant rejection, chronic allograft rejection, acute or chronic graft-versus-host disease, dermatitis including atopic, dermatomyositis, psoriasis, Behcet’s diseases, uveitis, myasthenia gravis, Grave’s disease, Hashimoto thyroiditis, Sjorgen’s syndrome, blistering disorders, antibody -mediated vasculitis syndromes, immune-complex vasculitides, allergic disorders, asthma, bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), cystic fibrosis, pneumonia, pulmonary diseases including oedema, embolism, fibrosis, sarcoidosis, hypertension and emphysema, silicosis, respiratory failure, acute respiratory distress syndrome, BENTA disease, berylliosis, and polymyositis.
In another embodiment of the present invention, the compounds of the present invention may be employed in combination with one or more other medicinal agents, more particularly with other anti-cancer agents, e.g. chemotherapeutic, anti-proliferative or immunomodulating agents, or with adjuvants in cancer therapy, e.g. immunosuppressive or anti-inflammatory agents.
Possible combinations of the compounds of the present invention may include, but are not limited to, BTK (Bruton’s tyrosine kinase) inhibitors such as ibrutinib, SYK inhibitors, PKC inhibitors, PI3K pathway inhibitors, BCL family inhibitors, JAK inhibitors, PIM kinase inhibitors, rituximab or other B cell antigen-binding antibodies, as well as immune cell redirection agents (e.g. blinatumomab or CAR T-cells) and immunomodulatory agents such as daratumumab, anti-PDl antibodies, and anti-PD-Ll antibodies.
It will be appreciated that variations to the foregoing embodiments of the invention can be made while still falling within the scope of the invention. Each feature disclosed in this specification, unless stated otherwise, may be replaced by alternative features serving the same, equivalent or similar purpose. Thus, unless stated otherwise, each feature disclosed is one example only of a generic series of equivalent or similar features.
All possible combinations of the above-indicated embodiments are considered to be embraced within the scope of this invention.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a compound of Formula (I) for (use in) the treatment of said disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by the inhibition of MALT 1.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) for (use in) the treatment of said disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder affected by inhibition of MALT1.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to methods of treating said disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder mediated by MALT1. Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) and uses thereof as described in any of the other embodiments.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
With reference to substituents, the term “independently” refers to the situation where several substituents are selected independently from each other and may be the same or different from each other.
The term “about” means within an acceptable error range for the particular value as determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, which will depend in part on how the value is measured or determined, i.e., the limitations of the measurement system. Unless explicitly stated otherwise within the Examples or elsewhere in the Specification in the context of a particular assay, result or embodiment, “about” means within one standard deviation per the practice in the art, or a range of up to 5%, whichever is larger.
The transitional terms “comprising,” “consisting essentially of,” and “consisting of’ are intended to connote their generally accepted meanings in the patent vernacular; that is, (i) “comprising,” which is synonymous with “including,” “containing,” or “characterized by,” is inclusive or open-ended and does not exclude additional, unrecited elements or method steps; (ii) “consisting of’ excludes any element, step, or ingredient not specified in the claim; and (iii) “consisting essentially of’ limits the scope of a claim to the specified materials or steps “and those that do not materially affect the basic and novel character! stic(s)” of the claimed invention. Embodiments described in terms of the phrase “comprising” (or its equivalents) also provide as embodiments those independently described in terms of “consisting of’ and “consisting essentially of.”
The prefix ‘Cx-y’ (where x and y are integers) as used herein refers to the number of carbon atoms in a given group. Thus, a Ci-4alkyl group contains from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and so on.
The term ‘Ci-4alkyl’ as used herein as a group or part of a group represents a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n- propyl, isopropyl, //-butyl, .s-butyl, /-butyl and the like.
The term ‘Cs-ecycloalkyl’ as used herein as a group or part of a group defines a saturated, cyclic hydrocarbon radical having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl.
Fused bicycles or fused bicyclic groups, are two cycles that share two atoms and the bond between these atoms. Spiro bicycles or spiro bicyclic groups, are two cycles that are joined at a single atom.
Bridged bicycles or bridged bicyclic groups, are two cycles that share more than two atoms.
The term ‘Ce-iocarbobicyclic’ as used herein as a group or part of a group defines a saturated, bicyclic hydrocarbon radical having from 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Ce-iocarbobicyclic can be fused, spiro or bridged, such as spiro[3.3]heptanyl and bicyclo[l.l. l]pentanyl.
The term ‘monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N’, defines a C-linked fully saturated, monocyclic radical having from 4 to 7 ring members in total (including the heteroatoms) containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, such as for example C-linked azetidinyl, C-linked oxetanyl, C-linked pyrrolidinyl, C- linked tetrayhydrothiophenyl, C-linked tetrahydrofuranyl, C-linked morpholinyl, C-linked 1,4- oxathianyl, C-linked thiazinanyl, C-linked tetrahydropyranyl, C-linked tetrahydrothiopyranyl, C-linked pyrazolidinyl, C-linked isothiazolidinyl, C-linked oxazolidinyl, and C-linked piperidinyl.
Bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl groups can be fused, spiro or bridged.
The term ‘bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N’, defines a C-linked fully saturated, bicyclic radical having from 6 to 11 ring members in total (including the heteroatoms) containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, such as for example:
Figure imgf000017_0001
Figure imgf000018_0001
The term ‘monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N’, defines a N-linked fully saturated, monocyclic radical having from 4 to 7 ring members in total (including the heteroatoms) containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, such as for example N-linked azetidinyl, N-linked pyrrolidinyl, N-linked morpholinyl, N-linked thiazinanyl, N-linked pyrazolidinyl, N-linked isothiazolidinyl, N-linked oxazolidinyl, N-linked thiomorpholinyl, N-linked piperazinyl, N- linked thiazolidinyl, N-linked azepanyl, N-linked thiadiazepanyl, and N-linked piperidinyl.
Bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl groups can be fused, spiro or bridged.
The term ‘bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N- atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N’, defines a N-linked fully saturated, bicyclic radical having from 6 to 11 ring members in total (including the heteroatoms) containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, such as for example:
Figure imgf000018_0002
Unless otherwise specified or clear from the context, cyclic moieties such as fully saturated heterocyclyl goups, can be attached to the remainder of the molecule of Formula (I) through any available ring carbon atom (C-linked) or nitrogen atom (N-linked). C -linked means attached to the remainder of the molecule through any available carbon atom.
N-linked means attached to the remainder of the molecule through any available nitrogen atom.
The term “halogen” or “halo” refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms.
A skilled person will understand R2 is absent when n is 0.
It will be clear for the skilled person that S(=O)2 or SO2 represents a sulfonyl moiety.
It will be clear for the skilled person that a group such as -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl represents
Figure imgf000019_0001
In general, it will be clear for the skilled person that a group such as -S(=O)(=NH)-R (with R being any substituent) represents
Figure imgf000019_0002
It will be clear for the skilled person that a group such as -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2 represents
C1-4alkyl
— N=S=O
C|_4alkyl
It will be clear for the skilled person that a group such as -NH-(C=O)-Ci-4alkyl represents
H O
— N—
Cj_4 alkyl
It will be clear for the skilled person that a group such as -NH-(C=O)-C3-6cycloalkyl represents
H O
— N—
C3.6cycloalkyl
It will be clear for the skilled person that a group such as -NH-(SO2)-Ci-4alkyl represents
Figure imgf000020_0001
In general, it will be clear for the skilled person that a group such as -NH-(S02)-R (with R being any substituent) represents
Figure imgf000020_0002
Whenever substituents are represented by chemical structure, “ — ” represents the bond of attachment to the remainder of the molecule of Formula (I) or Formula (A).
When any variable occurs more than one time in any constituent, each definition is independent.
When any variable occurs more than one time in any formula (e.g. Formula (I)), each definition is independent.
The skilled person will understand that in general, whenever the term ‘substituted’ is used in the present invention, it is meant, unless otherwise indicated or clear from the context, to indicate that one or more hydrogens, in particular from 1 to 4 hydrogens, more in particular from 1 to 3 hydrogens, preferably 1 or 2 hydrogens, more preferably 1 hydrogen, on the atom or radical indicated in the expression using ‘substituted’ are replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the normal valency is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a chemically stable compound, i.e. a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture (isolation after a reaction e.g. purification by silica gel chromatography).
The skilled person will understand that the term ‘optionally substituted’ means that the atom or radical indicated in the expression using ‘optionally substituted’ may or may not be substituted (this means substituted or unsubstituted respectively).
Lines drawn from substituents into ring systems indicate that the bond may be attached to any of the suitable ring atoms.
The stereodescriptor label “R” or “ K ” at a stereocenter designates that the stereocenter is purely of the K-configuration as defined in the art; likewise, the stereodescriptor label “S” or “(S)” means that the stereocenter is purely of the ^-configuration.
A compound containing one stereocenter drawn without a stereo bond designation is a mixture of two stereoisomers unless otherwise indicated (for example via a stereodescriptor). A compound containing two stereocenters both drawn without stereo bond designations is a mixture of four diastereomers unless otherwise indicated (for example via stereodescriptors). Unlabeled stereocenters drawn without stereo bond designations are mixtures of the R- and S- configurations. For unlabeled stereocenters drawn with stereo bond designations, the absolute stereochemistry is as depicted.
Hereinbefore and hereinafter, the term “compound(s) of Formula (I)” is meant to include the stereoisomers thereof and the tautomeric forms thereof. However, where stereochemistry, as mentioned in the previous paragraph, is specified by bonds which are shown as solid wedged or hashed wedged bonds, or are otherwise indicated as having a particular configuration (e.g. R, S), then that stereoisomer is so specified and defined. It will be clear this also applies to subgroups of Formula (I).
Unless otherwise noted, it is intended that the definition of any substituent or variable at a particular location in a molecule be independent of its definitions elsewhere in that molecule. It is understood that substituents and substitution patterns on the compounds of the present invention can be selected by one of ordinary skill in the art to provide compounds that are chemically stable enough to isolate and that can be synthesized by methods set forth herein in combination with techniques known in the art.
The term “subject” refers to an animal, preferably a mammal, most preferably a human, who has been the object of treatment, observation or experiment.
The term “therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount of an active compound or pharmaceutical agent, including a compound of the present invention, which elicits the biological or medicinal response in a tissue system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician, including reduction or inhibition of an enzyme or a protein activity, or ameliorating symptioms, alleviating conditions, slowing or delaying disease progression, or preventing a disease.
In one embodiment, the term “therapeutically effective amount” refers to the amount of a compound of the present invention that, when administered to a subject, is effective to (1) at least partially alleviate, inhibit, prevent, and/ or ameliorate a condition, or a disorder or a disease (i) mediated by MALT1; or (ii) associated with MALT1 activity; or (iii) characterized by activity (normal or abnormal) of MALT 1; or (2) reduce or inhibit the activity of MALT 1; or (3) reduce or inhibit the expression of MALT1; or (4) modify the protein levels of MALT1.
The term “composition” refers to a product that includes the specified ingredients in therapeutically effective amounts, as well as any product that results, directly, or indirectly, from combinations of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
The term “MALT 1 -mediated” refers to any disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder that might occur in the absence of MALT1 but can occur in the presence of MALT1. Suitable examples of a disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder mediated by MALT1 include, but are not limited to, lymphomas, leukemias, carcinomas, and sarcomas, e.g. non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma (NHL (including B-cell NHL)), diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL), mantle cell lymphoma (MCL), follicular lymphoma (FL), mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma, marginal zone lymphoma, T-cell lymphoma, Hodgkin’s lymphoma, Burkitt’s lymphoma, multiple myeloma, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), small lymphocytic lymphoma (SLL), Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia, lymphoblastic T cell leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), hairy-cell leukemia, acute lymphoblastic T cell leukemia, plasmacytoma, immunoblastic large cell leukemia, megakaryoblastic leukemia, acute megakaryocytic leukemia, promyelocytic leukemia, erytholeukemia, brain (gliomas), glioblastomas, breast cancer, colorectal/colon cancer, prostate cancer, lung cancer including non-small-cell, gastric cancer, endometrial cancer, melanoma, pancreatic cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, squamous cell carcinoma, ovarian cancer, sarcoma, osteosarcoma, thyroid cancer, bladder cancer, head and neck cancer, testicular cancer, Ewing’s sarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, medulloblastoma, neuroblastoma, cervical cancer, renal cancer, urothelial cancer, vulval cancer, esophageal cancer, salivary gland cancer, nasopharangeal cancer, buccal cancer, cancer of the mouth, and GIST (gastrointestinal stromal tumor).
As used herein, the term "MALT1 inhibitor" refers to an agent that inhibits or reduces at least one condition, symptom, disorder, and/or disease of MALT1.
As used herein, unless otherwise noted, the term “affect” or “affected” (when referring to a disease, syndrome, condition or disorder that is affected by the inhibition of MALT1) includes a reduction in the frequency and / or severity of one or more symptoms or manifestations of said disease, syndrome, condition or disorder; and / or includes the prevention of the development of one or more symptoms or manifestations of said disease, syndrome, condition or disorder or the development of the disease, condition, syndrome or disorder.
As used herein, the term “treat”, “treating”, or “treatment” of any disease, condition, syndrome or disorder refers, in one embodiment, to ameliorating the disease, condition, syndrome or disorder (i.e. slowing or arresting or reducing the development of the disease or at least one of the clinical symptoms thereof). In another embodiment, “treat”, “treating”, or “treatment” refers to alleviating or ameliorating at least one physical parameter including those which may not be discernible by the patient. In a further embodiment, “treat”, “treating”, or “treatment” refers to modulating the disease, condition, syndrome or disorder either physically (e.g. stabilization of a discernible symptom), physiologically, (e.g. stabilization of a physical parameter), or both. In yet another embodiment, “treat”, “treating”, or “treatment” refers to preventing or delaying the onset or development or progression of the disease, condition, syndrome or disorder.
The compounds of the instant invention may be useful in methods for treating or ameliorating a disease, a syndrome, a condition or a disorder that is affected by the inhibition of MALT1. Such methods comprise, consist of and/or consist essentially of administering to a subject, including an animal, a mammal, and a human in need of such treatment, amelioration and / or prevention, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I).
One embodiment of the present invention is directed to a method of treating a MALT1- dependent or MALT 1 -mediated disease or condition in a subject in need thereof, including an animal, a mammal, and a human in need of such treatment, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I).
In another embodiment, the MALT 1 -dependent or MALT 1 -mediated disease or condition is selected from cancers of hematopoietic origin or solid tumors such as chronic myelogenous leukemia, myeloid leukemia, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, and other B cell lymphomas.
In particular, the compounds of Formula (I) may be useful for treating or ameliorating diseases, syndromes, conditions, or disorders such as diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL), mantle cell lymphoma (MCL), follicular lymphoma (FL), and mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma.
More particularly, the compounds of Formula (I) may be useful for treating or ameliorating diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL), mantle cell lymphoma (MCL), follicular lymphoma (FL), and mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) as herein defined.
Further, the compounds of Formula (I) may be useful for treating or ameliorating an immunological disease, syndrome, disorder, or condition selected from the group consisting of rheumatoid arthritis (RA), psoritic arthritis (PsA), psorisis (Pso), ulcerative colitis (UC), Crohn’s disease, systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), asthma, and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
Whenever possible, any embodiment for the compounds of Formula (I) as listed hereinabove or hereinafter, also holds for the intermediates of formula (A).
The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
R1 represents
Figure imgf000023_0001
Rx represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; halo; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
Ry represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
Rz represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; or Ry and Rz taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3-6cycloalkyl; ring
Figure imgf000024_0001
represents phenyl or pyridyl;
R2 represents halo; n is 0, 1 or 2;
R3a represents hydrogen; and
R3b represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; -Ci^alkyl-Cy1;
Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of halo, -OH, -O-Ci-4alkyl, -OCF3, -OCHF2, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -NH-(C=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -NH-(C=O)-C3-6cycloalkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, and -NH-(SO2)-Ci-4alkyl;
Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -OH, -O-Ci-4alkyl, -OCF3, -OCHF2, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -NH-(C=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -NH-(C=O)-C3-6cycloalkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, and -NH-(SO2)-Ci-4alkyl;
3- or 4-piperidinyl optionally substituted on the N-atom with Ci-4alkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b ,
Figure imgf000024_0002
or R3a and R3b are taken together to form together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached
Figure imgf000025_0001
Cy1 represents Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of halo, -OH, -O-Ci-4alkyl, -OCF3, -OCHF2, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -NH-(C=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -NH-(C=O)-C3-6cycloalkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, and -NH-(SO2)-Ci-4alkyl;
R4a and R4b each independently represent hydrogen or Ci-4alkyl;
R5 represents hydrogen, -OH, -O-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-C3-6cycloalkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, or -C(=O)-NR4aR4b;
R6 represents methyl; nl, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n7 and n8 each independently are 1 or 2;
The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
R1 represents
Figure imgf000025_0002
Rx represents halo;
Ry represents hydrogen or Ci-4alkyl;
Rz represents Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; or Ry and Rz taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3-6cycloalkyl; ring
Figure imgf000025_0003
represents phenyl or pyridyl;
R2 represents halo; n is 0, 1 or 2;
R3a represents hydrogen or Ci-4alkyl;
R3b represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; adamantyl; Ce-iocarbobicyclic; Het1;
Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, -OH, -OR7, -S(=O)2-R7, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, - NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-R7, -NH-(C=O)-R7, -S(=O)(=NH)-NR4aR4b, -P(=O)-R4cR4d, - NH-S(=O)2-R7, Het3a, Het3b, and Ci-4alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, halo, - S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, and -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl;
Ce-iocarbobicyclic substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OR7, -S(=O)2-R7, and -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b; or
Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of cyano, halo, -OH, -OR7, -S(=O)2-R7, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -
NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-R7, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -P(=O)-R4cR4d, -O- Ci-4alkyl-C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl-O-R7, -NH-S(=O)2-R7, - Cy1, Het3a, Het3b, -O-Het3b, -C(=O)-Het3a, and
Figure imgf000026_0001
or R3a and R3b are taken together to form together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached Het2;
Cy1 represents Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, and -S(=O)2- NR4aR4b;
Het1 represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; or Het1 represents a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with in total one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, -OH, -OR7 -S(=O)2-R7, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-NR4aR4b, - P(=O)-R4cR4d, -O-Ci-4alkyl-C(=O)-NR4aR4b, and Ci-4alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, and -C(=O)-NR4aR4b; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=0)2, or S(=O)(=NH); wherein one or more of the N-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with Ci-4alkyl, Het5, -C(=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -C(=O)-C3.6cycloalkyl, or Ci- 4al kyl substituted with one, two or three -OH;
Het2 represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; or Het2 represents a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with in total one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Het6, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-R7, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -C(=O)- NR4aR4b, and Ci-4alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH); wherein one or more of the N-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with Het4;
Het3a represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with in total one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, and -OH; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH); wherein one or more of the N-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with Ci-4alkyl, Het5, -C(=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, or -C(=O)-C3.6cycloalkyl;
Het3b represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; or Het3b represents a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with in total one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halo, -OH, Ci-4alkyl, and -OR7; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH); wherein one or more of the N-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with Ci-4alkyl, Het5, or -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl;
Het4 represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O),
S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH);
Het5 represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O),
S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH);
Het6 represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH);
R4a and R4b each independently represent hydrogen, Ci-4alkyl, Cs-ecycloalkyl, or Ci-4alkyl-O- Ci-4alkyl;
R4C and R4d each independently represent Ci-4alkyl or -O-Ci-4alkyl;
R6 represents Ci-4alkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one -OH;
R7 represents Ci-4alkyl or Cs-ecycloalkyl, each optionally substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; pl and p2 are 2; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
R1 represents
Figure imgf000028_0001
Rx represents halo;
Ry represents hydrogen or Ci-4alkyl;
Rz represents Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; or Ry and Rz taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a Cs-ecycloalkyl; ring
Figure imgf000029_0001
represents phenyl or pyridyl;
R2 represents halo; n is 0, 1 or 2;
R3a represents hydrogen or Ci-4alkyl;
R3b represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; adamantyl; Ce-iocarbobicyclic; Het1;
Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, -OH, -OR7, -S(=O)2-R7, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, - NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-R7, -NH-(C=O)-R7, -S(=O)(=NH)-NR4aR4b, -P(=O)-R4cR4d, - NH-S(=O)2-R7, Het3a, Het3b, and Ci-4alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, halo, - S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, and -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl;
Ce-iocarbobicyclic substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OR7, -S(=O)2-R7, and -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b; or
Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of cyano, halo, -OH, -OR7, -S(=O)2-R7, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, - NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-R7, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -P(=O)-R4cR4d, -O- Ci-4alkyl-C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl-O-R7, -NH-S(=O)2-R7, - Cy1, Het3a, Het3b, -O-Het3b, -C(=O)-Het3a, and
Figure imgf000029_0002
or R3a and R3b are taken together to form together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached Het2;
Cy1 represents Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, and -S(=O)2- NR4aR4b; Het1 represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; or Het1 represents a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; provided that the monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl and bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl, are selected from the following heterocyclyl s:
C-linked azetidinyl, C-linked oxetanyl, C-linked pyrrolidinyl, C-linked tetrayhydrothiophenyl, C-linked tetrahydrofuranyl, C-linked morpholinyl, C-linked 1,4- oxathianyl, C-linked thiazinanyl, C-linked tetrahydropyranyl, C-linked tetrahydrothiopyranyl, C-linked pyrazolidinyl, C-linked isothiazolidinyl, C-linked oxazolidinyl, C-linked piperidinyl,
Figure imgf000030_0001
wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with in total one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, -OH, -OR7 -S(=O)2-R7, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-NR4aR4b, - P(=O)-R4cR4d, -O-Ci-4alkyl-C(=O)-NR4aR4b, and Ci-4alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, and -C(=O)-NR4aR4b; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH); wherein one or more of the N-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with Ci-4alkyl, Het5, -C(=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -C(=O)-C3-6cycloalkyl, or Ci- 4alkyl substituted with one, two or three -OH;
Het2 represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; or Het2 represents a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; provided that the monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl and bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl, are selected from the following heterocyclyl s:
N-linked azetidinyl, N-linked pyrrolidinyl, N-linked morpholinyl, N-linked thiazinanyl, N- linked pyrazolidinyl, N-linked isothiazolidinyl, N-linked oxazolidinyl, N-linked thiomorpholinyl, N-linked piperazinyl, N-linked thiazolidinyl, N-linked azepanyl, N-linked thiadiazepanyl, N-linked piperidinyl,
Figure imgf000031_0001
wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with in total one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-R7, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -C(=O)- NR4aR4b, and Ci-4alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH); wherein one or more of the N-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with Het4;
Het3a represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; provided that the monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl is selected from the following heterocyclyl s:
N-linked azetidinyl, N-linked pyrrolidinyl, N-linked morpholinyl, N-linked thiazinanyl, N- linked pyrazolidinyl, N-linked isothiazolidinyl, N-linked oxazolidinyl, N-linked thiomorpholinyl, N-linked piperazinyl, N-linked thiazolidinyl, N-linked azepanyl, N-linked thiadiazepanyl, and N-linked piperidinyl; wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with in total one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, and -OH; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH); wherein one or more of the N-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with Ci-4alkyl,
Figure imgf000032_0001
Het3b represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; or Het3b represents a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; provided that the monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl and bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl, are selected from the following heterocyclyl s:
C-linked azetidinyl, C-linked oxetanyl, C-linked pyrrolidinyl, C-linked tetrayhydrothiophenyl, C-linked tetrahydrofuranyl, C-linked morpholinyl, C-linked 1,4- oxathianyl, C-linked thiazinanyl, C-linked tetrahydropyranyl, C-linked tetrahydrothiopyranyl, C-linked pyrazolidinyl, C-linked isothiazolidinyl, C-linked oxazolidinyl, C-linked piperidinyl,
Figure imgf000032_0002
wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with in total one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halo, -OH, Ci-4alkyl, and -OR7; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH); wherein one or more of the N-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with Ci-4alkyl, Het5, or -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl;
Het4 represents C-linked oxetanyl;
Het5 represents C-linked oxetanyl;
R4a and R4b each independently represent hydrogen, Ci-4alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, or Ci-4alkyl-O- Ci-4alkyl;
R4C and R4d each independently represent Ci-4alkyl or -O-Ci-4alkyl; R6 represents Ci-4alkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one -OH;
R7 represents Ci-4alkyl or Cs-ecycloalkyl, each optionally substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; pl and p2 are 2; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
R1 represents
Figure imgf000033_0001
Rx represents halo;
Ry represents Ci-4alkyl;
Rz represents Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; ring
Figure imgf000033_0002
represents phenyl or pyridyl;
R2 represents halo; n is 0 or 1;
R3a represents hydrogen;
R3b represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or
Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of -S(=O)2-R7 and -S(=O)(=NH)-R7;
R6 represents Ci-4alkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one -OH;
R7 represents Ci-4alkyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
R1 represents
Figure imgf000034_0001
Rx represents halo;
Ry represents Ci-4alkyl;
Rz represents Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; ring
Figure imgf000034_0002
represents phenyl; n is 0;
R3a represents hydrogen;
R3b represents Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one -S(=O)2-R7;
R6 represents Ci-4alkyl;
R7 represents Ci-4alkyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
R1 represents
Figure imgf000034_0003
Rx represents chloro;
Ry represents methyl;
Rz represents CF3; ring
Figure imgf000035_0001
represents phenyl; n is 0;
R3a represents hydrogen;
R3b represents Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one -S(=O)2-R7;
R6 represents methyl;
R7 represents methyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
R1 represents
Figure imgf000035_0002
Rx represents hydrogen, Ci-4alkyl or halo;
Ry represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
Rz represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; or Ry and Rz taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3-6cycloalkyl;
R6 represents CH3; ring
Figure imgf000035_0003
represents phenyl or pyridyl;
R2 represents halo; n is 0, 1 or 2;
R3a represents hydrogen; and R3b represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl;
Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of -OH, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, and -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2;
-Ci-4alkyl-S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl; Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; 3- or 4-piperidinyl optionally substituted on the N-atom with Ci-4alkyl;
Figure imgf000036_0001
or R3a and R3b are taken together to form together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached
Figure imgf000036_0002
R4a and R4b each independently represent hydrogen or Ci-4alkyl;
R5 represents hydrogen or -OH; nl, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n7 and n8 each independently are 1 or 2; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
R1 represents
Figure imgf000036_0003
Rx represents halo;
Ry represents Ci-4alkyl;
Rz represents Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
R6 represents CH3; ring
Figure imgf000036_0004
represents phenyl; R2 represents halo; n is 0, 1 or 2;
R3a represents hydrogen; and
R3b represents Ci-4alkyl; or Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
R1 represents
Figure imgf000037_0001
Rx represents halo;
Ry represents Ci-4alkyl;
Rz represents Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
R6 represents CH3; ring
Figure imgf000037_0002
represents phenyl; n is 0;
R3a represents hydrogen; and
R3b represents Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
R1 represents
Figure imgf000038_0001
Rx represents halo;
Ry represents Ci-4alkyl;
Rz represents Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
R6 represents CH3; ring
Figure imgf000038_0002
represents phenyl; n is 1;
R3a represents hydrogen; and
R3b represents Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein
R1 represents
Figure imgf000038_0003
Rx represents halo;
Ry represents Ci-4alkyl;
Rz represents Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
R6 represents CH3; ring
Figure imgf000038_0004
represents phenyl; n is 1; R3a represents hydrogen; and
R3b represents Ci-4alkyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein
Rx represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; halo; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
Ry represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
Rz represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein
Rx represents Ci-4alkyl; halo; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
Ry represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
Rz represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein
Rx represents Ci-4alkyl; halo; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
Ry represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
Rz represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; or Ry and Rz taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a Cs-ecycloalkyl.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein
Rx represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; halo; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
Ry and Rz taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3-6cycloalkyl.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein
Rx represents Ci-4alkyl; halo; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; Ry and Rz taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a Cs-ecycloalkyl.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein
Rx represents chloro;
Ry represents methyl;
Rz represents trifluoromethyl.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Rx represents chloro.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Rz represents trifluorom ethyl.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Ry represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R2 represents fluoro.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein
R1 represents
Figure imgf000041_0001
Rx represents halo;
Ry represents Ci-4alkyl;
Rz represents Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
R3a represents hydrogen;
R3b represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or
Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of -S(=O)2-R7 and -S(=O)(=NH)-R7;
R7 represents Ci-4alkyl.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein
R1 represents
Figure imgf000041_0002
Rx represents halo;
Ry represents Ci-4alkyl;
Rz represents Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
R3a represents hydrogen;
R3b represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or
Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of -S(=O)2-R7 and -S(=O)(=NH)-R7
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R1 represents
Figure imgf000042_0001
Rx represents halo;
Ry represents Ci-4alkyl;
Rz represents Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
R3a represents hydrogen;
R3b represents Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of -S(=O)2-R7 and -S(=O)(=NH)-R7;
R7 represents Ci-4alkyl.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein
R1 represents
Figure imgf000042_0002
Rx represents chloro;
Ry represents methyl;
Rz represents trifluoromethyl;
R3a represents hydrogen;
R3b represents Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of -S(=O)2-R7 and -S(=O)(=NH)-R7;
R7 represents methyl.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R1 represents
Figure imgf000043_0001
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R1 represents
Figure imgf000043_0002
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein n is 0.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein n is 1.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein ring
Figure imgf000043_0003
represents phenyl.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein ring
Figure imgf000043_0004
represents phenyl, and R6 represents methyl.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R3b represents Ci-4alkyl; or Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein
R3b represents Ci-4alkyl.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein
R3b represents Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl; in particular cyclobutyl substituted with one -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl; more in particular cyclobutyl substituted with one - S(=O)2-CH3.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein substituent -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl is limited to -S(=O)2-CH3.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R6 represents CH3.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein the stereochemistry of the cyclopropyl moiety in Formula (I) is trans:
Figure imgf000044_0001
trans
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein the stereochemistry of the cyclopropyl moiety in Formula (I) is cis:
Figure imgf000045_0001
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein the stereochemistry of the cyclopropyl moiety in Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000045_0003
, and wherein R6 represents methyl.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein the stereochemistry of the cyclopropyl moiety in Formula (I) is cis:
Figure imgf000045_0004
, and wherein R6 represents methyl.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein the stereochemistry of the substituents on the cyclopropyl moiety in Formula (I) is as indicated below in Formula (I-a):
Figure imgf000045_0002
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein the stereochemistry of the substituents on the cyclopropyl moiety in Formula (I) is as indicated below in Formula (I-b):
Figure imgf000046_0001
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Formula (I) and the stereochemistry of the substituents on the cyclopropyl moiety are as indicated below in Formula (Lal):
Figure imgf000046_0002
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Formula (I) and the stereochemistry of the substituents on the cyclopropyl moiety are as indicated below in Formula ( bl):
Figure imgf000046_0003
Whenever possible, any embodiment for the compounds of Formula (I) as listed hereinabove, also holds for the intermediates of formula (A).
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to a subgroup of Formula (I) as defined in the general reaction schemes.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of any of the exemplified compounds, tautomers and stereoisomeric forms thereof, and the free bases, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, and 17.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, and 17; tautomers and stereoisomeric forms thereof, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, and 17; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 22, 28, 33, 34, 36, 37, 39, 40, 41, 129, 131, 132, 148, 178, 191, 193, 201, 204, 267, 294, and 318.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 22, 28, 33, 34, 36, 37, 39, 40, 41, 129, 131, 132, 148, 178, 191, 193, 201, 204, 267, 294, and 318; tautomers and stereoisomeric forms thereof, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 22, 28, 33, 34, 36, 37, 39, 40, 41, 129, 131, 132, 148, 178, 191, 193, 201, 204, 267, 294, and 318; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176,
177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195,
196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214,
215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233,
234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252,
253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271,
272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 288, 289, 290,
291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298, 299, 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308, 309,
310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319 and 320.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 288, 289, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298, 299, 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319 and 320; tautomers and stereoisomeric forms thereof, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176,
177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195,
196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214,
215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233,
234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252,
253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271,
272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 288, 289, 290,
291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298, 299, 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308, 309,
310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319 and 320; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of any of the exemplified compounds.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of any of the exemplified compounds, tautomers and stereoisomeric forms thereof, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, and 17.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, and 17; tautomers and stereoisomeric forms thereof, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 22, 28, 33, 34, 36, 37, 39, 40, 41, 129, 131, 132, 148, 178, 191, 193, 201, 204, 267, 294, and 318.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 22, 28, 33, 34, 36, 37, 39, 40, 41, 129, 131, 132, 148, 178, 191, 193, 201, 204, 267, 294, and 318; tautomers and stereoisomeric forms thereof, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 2 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 3 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 7 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 8 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 9 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 10 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 11 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 12 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 14 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 15 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 17 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 22 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 28 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 34 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 36 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 37 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 39 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 40 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 41 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 129 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 131 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 132 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 148 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 178 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 191 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 193 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 201 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 204 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 267 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 294 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is compound 318 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000052_0001
a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In particular wherein the stereochemistry of the cyclopropyl moiety is trans. In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000052_0002
a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In particular wherein the stereochemistry of the cyclopropyl moiety is trans. In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000052_0003
a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In particular wherein the stereochemistry of the cyclopropyl moiety is trans. In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000052_0004
a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In particular wherein the stereochemistry of the cyclopropyl moiety is trans. In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000053_0001
a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In particular wherein the stereochemistry of the cyclopropyl moiety is trans.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000053_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000054_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
5 In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000054_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000055_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000055_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000056_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000056_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000056_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000056_0004
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000057_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000057_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000057_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000057_0004
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000057_0005
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000058_0001
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000058_0002
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000058_0003
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000058_0004
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000058_0005
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000059_0001
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000059_0002
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000059_0003
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000059_0004
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is
Figure imgf000059_0005
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is (lR,3S)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2- difluoro-l-methyl-N-((trans)-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutyl)cyclopropane-l -carboxamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2- difluoro- l-methyl-N-((trans)-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutyl)cyclopropane-l -carboxamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2- difluoro-l-methyl-N-((trans)-3-(-S-methylsulfonimidoyl)cyclobutyl)cyclopropane-l- carboxamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-2,2-difluoro-l-methyl-3-(4-((R)-8- methyl-8-(trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6- yl)phenyl)-N-((trans)-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutyl)cyclopropane-l -carboxamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2- difluoro-l-methyl-N-(2-sulfamoylethyl)cyclopropane-l -carboxamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-N- ((dimethylphosphoryl)methyl)-2,2-difluoro-l -methylcyclopropane- 1 -carboxamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-N-((trans)-3- acetamidocyclobutyl)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8-(trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H- pyrazolof 1 , 5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2-difluoro- 1 -methylcyclopropane- 1 - carboxamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2- difluoro-l-methyl-N-(((trans)-3-((S)-S- methylsulfonimidoyl)cyclobutyl)methyl)cyclopropane-l -carboxamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-N-(3- (cyclopropanesulfonamido)propyl)-2,2-difluoro- 1 -methylcyclopropane- 1 -carboxamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2- difluoro- l-methyl-N-(3-(methylamino)cyclobutyl)cyclopropane-l -carboxamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is (lR,3S)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2- difluoro-l-methyl-N-((trans)-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutyl)cyclopropane-l -carboxamide.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2- difluoro-l-methyl-N-((trans)-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutyl)cyclopropane-l -carboxamide.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2- difluoro-l-methyl-N-((trans)-3-(-S-methylsulfonimidoyl)cyclobutyl)cyclopropane-l- carb oxami de.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-2,2-difluoro-l-methyl-3-(4-((R)-8- methyl-8-(trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6- yl)phenyl)-N-((trans)-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutyl)cyclopropane-l -carboxamide.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2- difluoro- 1 -methyl-N-(2-sulfamoylethyl)cyclopropane- 1 -carboxamide.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-N- ((dimethylphosphoryl)methyl)-2,2-difluoro-l -methylcyclopropane- 1 -carboxamide.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-N-((trans)-3- acetamidocyclobutyl)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8-(trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H- pyrazolof 1 , 5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2-difluoro- 1 -methylcyclopropane- 1 - carboxamide.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2- difluoro-l-methyl-N-(((trans)-3-((S)-S- methylsulfonimidoyl)cyclobutyl)methyl)cyclopropane-l-carboxamide.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-N-(3- (cyclopropanesulfonamido)propyl)-2,2-difluoro- 1 -methylcyclopropane- 1 -carboxamide.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is (lS,3R)-3-(4-((R)-2-chloro-8-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidin-6-yl)phenyl)-2,2- difluoro- l-methyl-N-(3-(methylamino)cy cl obutyl)cy cl opropane-1 -carboxamide.
In an embodiment the active intermediate of Formula (A) is
Figure imgf000062_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment the active intermediate of Formula (A) is
Figure imgf000062_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
All possible combinations of the above indicated embodiments are considered to be embraced within the scope of the invention.
The compounds of Formula (I) may be prepared according to a process comprising the following reaction steps:
Figure imgf000063_0001
The reaction conditions in each of the reaction steps described above, may be as described in the General Synthetic Methods (General Schemes).
For use in medicine, salts of compounds of Formula (I) refer to non-toxic “pharmaceutically acceptable salts.” Other salts may, however, be useful in the preparation of compounds of Formula (I) or of their pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of Formula (I) include acid addition salts that can, for example, be formed by mixing a solution of the compound with a solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable acid such as, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, acetic acid, benzoic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, carbonic acid or phosphoric acid. Furthermore, where the compounds of Formula (I) carry an acidic moiety, suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may include alkali metal salts such as, sodium or potassium salts; alkaline earth metal salts such as, calcium or magnesium salts; and salts formed with suitable organic ligands such as, quaternary ammonium salts. Thus, representative pharmaceutically acceptable salts include acetate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bisulfate, bitartrate, borate, bromide, calcium edetate, camsylate, carbonate, chloride, clavulanate, citrate, dihydrochloride, edetate, edisylate, estolate, esylate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate, hexylresorcinate, hydrabamine, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroxynaphthoate, iodide, isothionate, lactate, lactobionate, laurate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, methylbromide, methylnitrate, methyl sulfate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, /'/-methylglucamine ammonium salt, oleate, pamoate (embonate), palmitate, pantothenate, phosphate/diphosphate, polygalacturonate, salicylate, stearate, sulfate, subacetate, succinate, tannate, tartrate, teoclate, tosylate, triethiodide, and valerate.
Representative acids and bases that may be used in the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include acids including acetic acid, 2,2-dichloroacetic acid, acylated amino acids, adipic acid, alginic acid, ascorbic acid, L-aspartic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, 4-acetamidobenzoic acid, (+)-camphoric acid, camphorsulfonic acid, (+)-(lS)-camphor- 10-sulfonic acid, capric acid, caproic acid, caprylic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, cyclamic acid, dodecylsulfuric acid, ethane-l,2-disulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxy- ethanesulfonic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, galactaric acid, gentisic acid, glucoheptonic acid, D-gluconic acid, D-glucoronic acid, L-glutamic acid, a-oxo-glutaric acid, glycolic acid, hippuric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydrochloric acid, (+)-L-lactic acid, (±)-DL-lactic acid, lactobionic acid, maleic acid, (-)-L-malic acid, malonic acid, (±)-DL-mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid, naphthalene-l,5-disulfonic acid, 1- hydroxy -2 -naphthoic acid, nicotinic acid, nitric acid, oleic acid, orotic acid, oxalic acid, palmitic acid, pamoic acid, phosphoric acid, L-pyroglutamic acid, salicylic acid, 4-amino-salicylic acid, sebaic acid, stearic acid, succinic acid, sulfuric acid, tannic acid, (+)-L-tartaric acid, thiocyanic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid and undecylenic acid; and bases including ammonia, L-arginine, benethamine, benzathine, calcium hydroxide, choline, deanol, diethanolamine, diethylamine, 2-(diethylamino)-ethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, 7V-methyl-glucamine, hydrabamine, 777-imidazole, L-lysine, magnesium hydroxide, 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-morpholine, piperazine, potassium hydroxide, l-(2-hydroxyethyl)-pyrrolidine, sodium hydroxide, triethanolamine, tromethamine, and zinc hydroxide.
Embodiments of the present invention include prodrugs of compounds of Formula (I). In general, such prodrugs will be functional derivatives of the compounds that are readily convertible in vivo into the required compound. Thus, in the methods of treating or preventing embodiments of the present invention, the term “administering” encompasses the treatment or prevention of the various diseases, conditions, syndromes and disorders described with the compound specifically disclosed or with a compound that may not be specifically disclosed, but which converts to the specified compound in vivo after administration to a patient. Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in “Design of Prodrugs”, ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985.
The pharmaceutically acceptable salts as mentioned hereinabove or hereinafter are meant to comprise the therapeutically active non-toxic acid and base addition salt forms which compounds of Formula (I) and solvates thereof, are able to form.
A person of ordinary skill in the art would recognize that the compounds described herein may exist as tautomers and that other tautomeric arrangements of the structures depicted herein are possible. Tautomers are constitutional isomers that readily interconvert. It is understood that all tautomeric forms are encompassed by a structure where one possible tautomeric arrangement of the groups of the compound is described, even if not specifically indicated.
Where the compounds according to embodiments of this invention have at least one chiral center, they may accordingly exist as enantiomers. Where the compounds possess two or more chiral centers, they may additionally exist as diastereomers. It is to be understood that all such isomers and mixtures thereof are encompassed within the scope of the present invention. Furthermore, some of the crystalline forms for the compounds may exist as polymorph and as such are intended to be included in the present invention. In addition, some of the compounds may form solvates with water (i.e., hydrates) or common organic solvents, and such solvates are also intended to be encompassed within the scope of this invention. The skilled artisan will understand that the term compound as used herein, can also include solvated compounds of Formula (I).
Where the processes for the preparation of the compounds according to certain embodiments of the invention give rise to mixture of stereoisomers, these isomers may be separated by conventional techniques such as, preparative chromatography. The compounds may be prepared in racemic form, or individual enantiomers may be prepared either by enantiospecific synthesis or by resolution. The compounds may, for example, be resolved into their component enantiomers by standard techniques such as, the formation of diastereomeric pairs by salt formation with an optically active acid such as, (-)-di-p-toluoyl-d-tartaric acid and/or (+)-di-p-toluoyl-l-tartaric acid followed by fractional crystallization and regeneration of the free base. The compounds may also be resolved by formation of diastereomeric esters or amides, followed by chomatographic separation and removal of the chiral auxiliary. Alternatively, the compounds may be resolved using a chiral HPLC column.
It is intended that within the scope of the present invention, any one or more element(s), in particular when mentioned in relation to a compound of Formula (I), shall comprise all isotopes and isotopic mixtures of said element(s), either naturally occurring or synthetically produced, either with natural abundance or in an isotopically enriched form. For example, a reference to hydrogen includes within its scope 1H, 2H (D), and 3H (T). Similarly, references to carbon and oxygen include within their scope respectively 12C, 13C and 14C and 16O and 18O. The isotopes may be radioactive or non-radioactive. Radiolabelled compounds of formula (I) may comprise one or more isotope(s) selected from the group of 3H, nC, 18F, 122I, 123I, 125I, 131I, 75Br, 76Br, 77Br and 82Br. Preferably, the isotope is selected from the group of 2H, 3H, nC and 18F. In particular, deuterated compounds are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.
During any of the processes for preparation of the compounds of the various embodiments of the present invention, it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules concerned. This may be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups. The protecting groups may be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known from the art.
Even though the compounds of embodiments of the present invention (including their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates) can be administered alone, they will generally be administered in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent selected with regard to the intended route of administration and standard pharmaceutical or veterinary practice. Thus, particular embodiments of the present invention are directed to pharmaceutical and veterinary compositions comprising compounds of Formula (I) and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, and/or pharmaceutically acceptable diluent.
By way of example, in the pharmaceutical compositions of embodiments of the present invention, the compounds of Formula (I) may be admixed with any suitable binder(s), lubricant(s), suspending agent(s), coating agent(s), solubilizing agent(s), and combinations thereof.
Solid oral dosage forms such as, tablets or capsules, containing the compounds of the present invention may be administered in at least one dosage form at a time, as appropriate. It is also possible to administer the compounds in sustained release formulations.
A therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutical composition thereof includes a dose range from about 0.1 mg to about 3000 mg, or any particular amount or range therein; although, it is apparent to one skilled in the art that the therapeutically effective amount for a compound of Formula (I) will vary as will the diseases, syndromes, conditions, and disorders being treated.
It has been found that the compounds of the present invention inhibit MALT1 activity.
In some embodiments, the inhibition of MALT 1 by a provided compound may be useful in treating or preventing, in particular treating, the non-limiting list of cancers described herein. The invention relates to compounds of Formula (I) for use as a medicament.
The invention relates to intermediates of Formula (A) for use as a medicament.
The invention relates to compounds of Formula (I) for use in the inhibition of MALT 1 activity.
The invention relates to intermediates of Formula (A) for use in the inhibition of MALT1 activity.
The invention relates to compounds of Formula (I) for use in the treatment of diseases mentioned herein.
The invention relates to intermediates of Formula (A) for use in the treatment of diseases mentioned herein.
The invention relates to compounds of Formula (I) for the treatment or prevention, in particular for the treatment, of said diseases.
The invention relates to intermediates of Formula (A) for the treatment or prevention, in particular for the treatment, of said diseases.
The invention relates to compounds of Formula (I) for the treatment or prevention, in particular in the treatment, of MALT1 mediated diseases or conditions.
The invention relates to intermediates of Formula (A) for the treatment or prevention, in particular in the treatment, of MALT 1 mediated diseases or conditions.
The invention relates to compounds of Formula (I) for the manufacture of a medicament.
The invention relates to intermediates of Formula (A) for the manufacture of a medicament.
The invention relates to compounds of Formula (I) for the manufacture of a medicament for the inhibition of MALT 1.
The invention relates to intermediates of Formula (A) for the manufacture of a medicament for the inhibition of MALT 1.
The invention relates to compounds of Formula (I) for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention, in particular for the treatment, of any one of the disease conditions mentioned herein.
The invention relates to intermediates of Formula (A) for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention, in particular for the treatment, of any one of the disease conditions mentioned herein.
The invention relates to compounds of Formula (I) for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of any one of the disease conditions mentioned herein. The invention relates to intermediates of Formula (A) for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of any one of the disease conditions mentioned herein.
The invention relates to compounds of Formula (I) that can be administered to mammals, preferably humans, for the treatment or prevention of any one of the diseases mentioned herein.
The invention relates to intermediates of Formula (A) that can be administered to mammals, preferably humans, for the treatment or prevention of any one of the diseases mentioned herein.
In view of the utility of the compounds of Formula (I), there is provided a method of treating warm-blooded animals, including humans, suffering from or a method of preventing warmblooded animals, including humans, to suffer from any one of the diseases mentioned herein.
In view of the utility of the intermediates of Formula (A), there is provided a method of treating warm-blooded animals, including humans, suffering from or a method of preventing warmblooded animals, including humans, to suffer from any one of the diseases mentioned herein.
GENERAL SYNTHETIC METHODS
In this section, as in all other sections unless the context indicates otherwise, references to Formula (I) also include all other sub-groups and examples thereof as defined herein.
The general preparation of some typical examples of the compounds of Formula (I) is described hereunder and in the specific examples and are generally prepared from starting materials which are either commercially available or prepared by standard synthetic processes commonly used by those skilled in the art of organic chemistry. The following schemes are only meant to represent examples of the invention and are in no way meant to be a limit of the invention.
Alternatively, intermediates or compounds of the present invention may also be prepared by analogous reaction protocols as described in the general schemes below and the specific examples, combined with standard synthetic processes commonly used by those skilled in the art.
The skilled person will realize that in the reactions described in the Schemes, although this is not always explicitly shown, it may be necessary to protect reactive functional groups (for example hydroxy, amino, or carboxy groups) where these are desired in the final product, to avoid their unwanted participation in the reactions. In general, conventional protecting groups can be used in accordance with standard practice. The protecting groups may be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known from the art.
The skilled person will realize that in the reactions described in the Schemes, it may be advisable or necessary to perform the reaction under an inert atmosphere, such as for example under N2-gas atmosphere, for example when NaH, LDA or MeMgBr is used in the reaction. It will be apparent for the skilled person that it may be necessary to cool the reaction mixture before reaction work-up (refers to the series of manipulations required to isolate and purify the product(s) of a chemical reaction such as for example quenching, column chromatography, extraction).
The skilled person will realize that heating the reaction mixture under stirring may enhance the reaction outcome. In some reactions microwave heating may be used instead of conventional heating to shorten the overall reaction time.
The skilled person will realize that another sequence of the chemical reactions shown in the Schemes below, may also result in the desired compound of Formula (I).
The skilled person will realize that intermediates and final compounds shown in the Schemes below may be further functionalized according to methods well-known by the person skilled in the art. The intermediates and compounds described herein can be isolated in free form or as a salt, or a solvate thereof. The intermediates and compounds described herein may be synthesized in the form of mixtures of tautomers and stereoisomeric forms that can be separated from one another following art-known resolution procedures.
For abbreviations used in the Schemes below, check the table with abbreviations in the part ‘Examples’.
In the preparation of compounds of the present invention, protection of remote functionality (e.g., primary, or secondary amine) of intermediates may be necessary. The need for such protection will vary depending on the nature of the remote functionality and the conditions of the preparation methods. Suitable amino-protecting groups (NH-PG) include but are not limited to acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), benzyl (Bn), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBz) and 9-fluorenylmethyleneoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). Suitable hydroxy-protecting groups include but are not limited to triisopropyl silyl and acetyl. The need for such protection is readily determined by one skilled in the art.
In general, compounds of Formula I can be prepared as exemplified below in General Scheme 1, wherein the variables are described as hereabove:
General Scheme 1
Figure imgf000069_0001
In General Scheme 1, Compounds of Formula (I) can be prepared via a coupling reaction between an intermediate of Formula (II) and Formula (III), where X represents a suitable leaving group, such as for instance a halogen, in particular Cl, Br, I. This reaction may be performed in the presence of a suitable base, such as, for example, CS2CO3, K3PO4 or K2CO3. This reaction can be performed in a reaction-inert solvent, such as, for example, ZBuOH, toluene, or dioxane. The reaction is typically performed in the presence of a catalyst system comprising a suitable catalyst such as /BuXPhos Pd G3, BrettPhos Pd G3, or SPhos Pd G4 and a ligand such as BrettPhos. Preferably, this reaction is carried out under an inert atmosphere, such as nitrogen or argon atmosphere, and in a suitable temperature range, such as for instance room temperature to 60 °C, under conventional heating or microwave irradiation. It is understood by the persons skilled in the art that an additional deprotection step might be carried out, when R6 = Ci-4alkyl substituted with a OH, wherein the hydroxy group may be protected with a suitable protecting group.
In general, an intermediate of Formula (II) can be synthesized as depicted in General Scheme 2 below.
General Scheme 2
Figure imgf000070_0001
In General Scheme 2, the following reaction conditions typically apply:
Step 1. A commercially available intermediate of Formula (IV) or an intermediate of Formula (IV) prepared according General Scheme 3 (for q=l) is reacted with, for instance, DMF-DMA, at a suitable temperature, such as for instance 35 °C, to provide an intermediate of Formula (V).
Step 2. An intermediate of Formula (V) is reacted with a commercially available UT-pyrazol- 5-amine of Formula (VI), in the presence of acid, for instance, AcOH, in a suitable solvent, such as for instance toluene and at a suitable temperature range, such as, for instance room temperature to 95 °C, to provide an intermediate of Formula (VII).
Step 3. An intermediate of Formula (VII) where, for instance, PG1=Boc, is reacted with an appropriate acid, such as HC1 or TFA, in a suitable solvent, such as dichloromethane or dioxane, at a suitable temperature range, such as, for instance 0 °C to room temperature, to provide an intermediate of Formula (II). Alternatively, intermediate of Formula (IVa), where q=l, can be synthesized as depicted in General Scheme 3 below, wherein the variables are described as hereabove.
General Scheme 3
Figure imgf000071_0001
In General Scheme 3, the following reaction conditions typically apply:
Step 1. An intermediate of Formula (VIII) is reacted with an acylating agent, such as an acylchloride of Formula (IX), in the presence of base, for instance, triethylamine in a suitable solvent, such as for instance chloroform and at a suitable temperature, such as, for instance 0 °C, to provide an intermediate of Formula (X).
Step 2. An intermediate of Formula (X) is reacted with a suitable base, such as for instance, NaH, in a suitable solvent, such as for instance THF, and a suitable temperature range, such as for instance 75 °C, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XI).
Step 3. An intermediate of Formula (XI) is reacted with an alkylating reagent, such as for instance 5-(trifluoromethyl)dibenzothiophenium trifluoromethanesulfonate or other alkylating agents known to one skilled in the art, in the presence of a suitable base, such as NaH, in a suitable solvent, such as for instance DMF and at a suitable temperature, such as, for instance 0 °C to room temperature, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XII).
Step 4. An intermediate of Formula (XII) is reacted with a suitable reductant, such as for instance, lithium aluminum hydride, in a suitable solvent, such as for instance THF, and a suitable temperature range, such as for instance 25 °C to 80 °C, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XIII).
Step 5. An intermediate of formula (XIII) where PG2 is a suitable protecting group such as for example benzyl is deprotected under appropriate conditions known to one skilled in the art, such as metal catalysed hydrogenation in a suitable solvent, such EtOH, at a suitable temperature, such as, for instance 25 °C, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XlVa). An intermediate of Formula (XlVa) is protected with an alternative protecting group by reaction with a suitable reagent, such as for example di-te/7-butyl dicarbonate for PG1=Boc, in the presence of a suitable base, such as, for instance, triethylamine (TEA), in a suitable solvent, such as, for instance, THF, and at a suitable temperature, such as for instance 25 °C, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XlVb) where PG1 is a suitable protecting group such as for example Boc.
Step 6. An intermediate of formula (XlVb) is oxidized in the presence of a suitable oxidant, such as for instance, pyridinium chlorochromate, in a suitable solvent, such as for instance DCM, and a suitable temperature, such as for instance 40 °C, to provide an intermediate of Formula (IVa). In general, intermediates of Formula (III), wherein X is a leaving group such as for instance a halogen, in particular Cl, Br, I as described above in Scheme 1, can be prepared as exemplified below in General Scheme 4, wherein the variables are described as hereabove:
General Scheme 4
Figure imgf000072_0001
Step 1. An intermediate of Formula (XV) is reacted with a phosphonate of Formula (XVI) according to Horner-Wadsworth-Emmon’s reaction conditions. A person skilled in the art will understand that the choice of the R’ substituent in intermediate (XVI) will enable the formation of either Z- or E- forms of intermediate (XVII). For example when R’ represents -CH2CF3, typically a Z isomer is obtained. For example when R’ represents ethyl, typically a E isomer is obtained.
The reaction is performed in the presence of an appropriate base, such as NaH, in a suitable solvent, such THF, at a suitable temperature range, such as for instance 0 °C to 25 °C, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XVII). Alternatively, an intermediate of Formula (XVII), in which R6 is Ci-4alkyl substituted with one -OH could be prepared by a person skilled in the art according to described literature procedures (for instance, Pereire, A. A. et al, Eur. J. Org. Chem. 2017, 12, 1578-1582). A person skilled in the art will understand that for compounds of Formula (XVII), in which R6 is Ci-4alkyl substituted with one -OH, the alcohol moiety may be protected with a suitable protecting group, such as triisopropylsilyl, which was kept throughout the synthetic scheme.
Step 2. An intermediate of Formula (XVII) is reacted with a suitable reductant, such as for instance, DIBAL-H, in a suitable solvent, such as for instance THF, and a suitable temperature range, such as for instance 0 °C to 25 °C, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XVIIIa). An intermediate of Formula (XVIIIa) is protected with a suitable protecting group, such as triisopropylsilyl ether or acetyl, by reaction with a suitable reagent, such as triisopropyl silyl chloride, or acetic anhydride in the presence of a base such as imidazole, pyridine, or triethylamine (TEA) in a suitable solvent, such as for instance DCM, and at a suitable temperature, such as, for instance, 25 °C, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XVIIIb) where PG= triisopropylsilyl or acetyl.
Step 3. An intermediate of Formula (XVIIIb) is reacted with a suitable difluorocyclopropanation reagent, such as methyl 2,2-difluoro-2-(fluorosulfonyl)acetate, in the presence of additives such as for instance, potassium iodide and trimethylchlorosilane, in a suitable solvent, such bis(2 -methoxy ethyl)ether, at a suitable temperature, such as, for instance, 120 °C, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XIXa). Alternatively, an intermediate of Formula (XVIIIb) is reacted with a suitable difluorocyclopropanation reagent, such as (bromodifluoromethyl)trimethylsilane, in a suitable solvent such as, for instance, toluene, at a suitable temperature, such as, for instance 110 °C, optionally in the presence of a catalyst such as tetrabutylammonium bromide, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XIXa). An intermediate of Formula (XIXa) where PG is a suitable protecting group such as for example triisopropylsilyl or acetyl, is reacted with an appropriate deprotecting reagent/procedure, such as for instance, tetrabutylammonium fluoride (in suitable solvent such as for example THF) or potassium carbonate (in a suitable solvent such as methanol), at a suitable temperature range, such as for instance 0 °C to 25 °C, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XlXb).
Step 4. An intermediate of formula (XlXb) is reacted with a suitable oxidant, such as for instance, (di acetoxy iodo)benzene in the presence of a catalyst, such as for instance TEMPO, and a suitable base, such as NaHCOs, in an appropriate solvent, such as for instance a mixture of water and ACN, and a suitable temperature, such as for instance 25 °C, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XX).
Step 5. An intermediate of Formula (XX) is reacted with an appropriate amine R3aR3bNH, wherein the variables are described as hereabove, in the presence of a suitable coupling reagent, such as HATU, and an appropriate base such as for example triethylamine, typically in a solvent such as ACN, at a suitable temperature, such as for example room temperature, to provide an intermediate of Formula (III).
Step 6. Alternatively, an intermediate of Formula (XVI) is reacted with a suitable difluorocyclopropanation reagent, such as (bromodifluoromethyl)trimethylsilane, in a suitable solvent such as, for instance, toluene, at a suitable temperature, such as, for instance 110 °C, optionally in the presence of a catalyst such as tetrabutylammonium bromide, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XXI).
Step 7. An intermediate of Formula (XXI) is reacted under hydrolysis conditions to provide an intermediate of Formula (XX). This reaction can be performed in the presence of a suitable base, such as LiOH, in a suitable solvent system, such as water/THF optionally containing EtOH or MeOH, and at a suitable temperature range, such as room temperature.
Alternatively, a compound of Formula (I) can be prepared via a coupling reaction between an active intermediate of Formula (A) and an amine of R3aR3bNH (commercially available or can be prepared by skilled person), as exemplified below in General Scheme 5.
General Scheme 5
Figure imgf000074_0001
In General Scheme 5, an active intermediate of Formula (A) is reacted with an appropriate amine R3aR3bNH, wherein the variables are described as hereabove. This reaction is carried out in the presence of a suitable reagent, such as HATU, an appropriate base such as for example TEA, typically in a solvent such as ACN, at a suitable temperature, such as for example room temperature, to provide an intermediate of Formula (I). It is understood by the persons skilled in the art that an additional deprotection step might be carried out, when R6 = Ci-4alkyl substituted with a OH, wherein the hydroxy is protected with a suitable protecting group.
In general, an active intermediate of Formula (A) can be prepared as exemplified below in General Scheme 6, wherein the variables are described as hereabove. General Scheme 6
Figure imgf000075_0001
Step 1. An intermediate of Formula (XXI), wherein X is a leaving group such as for instance halogen, in particular Cl, Br, I as described above in Scheme 1, is reacted with an intermediate of Formula (II) under coupling reaction conditions, to provide an intermediate of Formula (XXII). This reaction may be performed in the presence of a suitable base, such as, for example, CS2CO3, K3PO4 or K2CO3. This reaction can be performed in a reaction-inert solvent, such as, for example, ZBuOH, toluene, DMA or dioxane. The reaction is typically performed in the presence of a catalyst system comprising a suitable catalyst such as /BuXPhos Pd G3, BrettPhos Pd G3, or SPhos Pd G4 and a ligand such as BrettPhos. Preferably, this reaction is carried out under an inert atmosphere, such as nitrogen or argon atmosphere, and in a suitable temperature range, such as for instance room temperature to 60 °C, under conventional heating or microwave irradiation.
Step 2. An intermediate of Formula (XXII) is reacted hydrolyzed to provide an active intermediate of Formula (A). This reaction can be performed in the presence of a suitable base, such as LiOH, in a suitable solvent system, such as water/THF, and at a suitable temperature range, such as room temperature.
In the preparation of compounds of the present invention, protection of remote functionality (e.g., primary amine or alcohol) of intermediates may be necessary. The need for such protection will vary depending on the nature of the remote functionality and the conditions of the preparations methods. Suitable amino-protecting groups include but are not limited to t- butoxy carbonyl (Boc), and acetyl. Suitable alcohol protecting groups include t- butyldimethylsilyl. The need for such protection is readily determined by one skilled in the art.
It will be appreciated that where appropriate functional groups exist, compounds of various formulae or any intermediates used in their preparation may be further derivatised by one or more standard synthetic methods employing condensation, substitution, oxidation, reduction, or cleavage reactions. Particular substitution approaches include conventional alkylation, arylation, heteroarylation, acylation, sulfonylation, halogenation, nitration, formylation and coupling procedures.
The compounds of Formula (I) may be synthesized in the form of racemic mixtures of enantiomers which can be separated from one another following art-known resolution procedures. The racemic compounds of Formula (I) containing a basic nitrogen atom may be converted into the corresponding diastereomeric salt forms by reaction with a suitable chiral acid. Said diastereomeric salt forms are subsequently separated, for example, by selective or fractional crystallization and the enantiomers are liberated therefrom by alkali. An alternative manner of separating the enantiomeric forms of the compounds of Formula (I) involves liquid chromatography using a chiral stationary phase. Said pure stereochemically isomeric forms may also be derived from the corresponding pure stereochemically isomeric forms of the appropriate starting materials, provided that the reaction occurs stereospecifically.
In the preparation of compounds of the present invention, protection of remote functionality (e.g., primary or secondary amine) of intermediates may be necessary. The need for such protection will vary depending on the nature of the remote functionality and the conditions of the preparation methods. Suitable amino-protecting groups (NH-Pg) include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBz) and 9- fluorenylmethyleneoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). The need for such protection is readily determined by one skilled in the art.
Specific Examples
The following examples further illustrate the present invention.
EXAMPLES
Several methods for preparing the intermediates and Compounds of this invention are illustrated in the following examples. Unless otherwise noted, all starting materials were obtained from commercial suppliers and used without further purification, or alternatively can be synthesized by a skilled person by using well-known methods.
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure imgf000077_0001
Figure imgf000078_0001
Figure imgf000079_0001
As understood by a person skilled in the art, Compounds synthesized using the protocols as indicated may contain residual solvent or minor impurities.
A skilled person will realize that, even where not mentioned explicitly in the experimental protocols below, typically after a column chromatography purification, the desired fractions were collected, and the solvent was evaporated.
In case no stereochemistry is indicated, this means it is a mixture of stereoisomers, unless otherwise is indicated or is clear from the context.
As understood by a person skilled in the art, compounds synthesized using the protocols as indicated may exist as a solvate e.g. hydrate, and/or contain residual solvent or minor impurities.
Compounds or intermediates isolated as a salt form, may be integer stoichiometric i.e. mono- or di-salts, or of intermediate stoichiometry. When an intermediate or compound in the experimental part below is indicated as ‘a HC1 salt’ without indication of the number of equivalents of HC1, this means that the number of equivalents of HC1 was not determined. Preparation of intermediates
For intermediates that were used in a next reaction step as a crude or as a partially purified intermediate, in some cases no mol amounts are mentioned for such intermediate in the next reaction step or alternatively estimated mol amounts or theoretical mol amounts for such intermediate in the next reaction step are indicated in the reaction protocols described below.
Intermediate 1
Figure imgf000080_0001
Into a 10 L 3-necked flask was placed ethyl 2-(benzylamino)acetate (550 g, 2.85 mol, 1.00 equiv), CHCh (5.5 L), TEA (576 g, 5.70 mmol, 2.00 equiv). Propanoyl chloride (290 g, 3.13 mol, 1.10 equiv) in CHCI3 (300 mL) was added dropwise at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at 25 °C. The mixture was poured into H2O (6 L). The resulting solution was extracted with DCM (2x 2 L). The organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous MgSCU, and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography over silica gel (eluent: EtOAc/PE 1 :2) to give Intermediate 1 (561 g, 79% yield) as a light-yellow oil.
Intermediate 2
Figure imgf000080_0002
Intermediate 1 (561 g, 2.25 mol, 1.00 equiv) in THF (2 L) was added dropwise at 75 °C to a mixture of NaH (108 g, 2.70 mol, 1.20 equiv, 60%) and THF (10 L). After 12 h at 75 °C, the reaction was cooled to 20 °C, water (100 mL) was added, and the mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography over silica gel (eluent: MeOH/DCM 1 :30) to give Intermediate 2 (231 g, 50% yield) as an off-white solid.
Intermediate 3
Figure imgf000080_0003
NaH (45.5 g, 1.14 mol, 1.00 equiv, 60%) was added portionwise at 0 °C to Intermediate 2 (231 g, 1.14 mol, 1.00 equiv) in DMF (4.6 L). The mixture was stirred for 0.5 h at 25 °C. 5- (Trifluoromethyl)dibenzothiophenium trifluoromethanesulfonate (457 g, 1.14 mol, 1.00 equiv) was added to the mixture at -55 °C. The mixture was gradually warmed up to 25 °C and stirred for 1 h. The mixture was poured into a mixture of ice/water (10 L) and extracted with EtOAc (2x 5 L). The organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography over silica gel (eluent: EtOAc/PE 1 :4) to give Intermediate 3 (275 g, 89% yield) as a light-yellow oil.
Intermediate 4
Figure imgf000081_0001
LAH (154 g, 4.10 mol, 4.00 equiv) was added at 0 °C to a mixture of Intermediate 3 (275 g, 1.01 mol, 1.00 equiv) in THF (5.5 L). The mixture was warmed up to 80 °C and stirred at this temperature for 15 h. The mixture was cooled to 0 °C, and were added 154 g of water, 154 g of aqueous of NaOH solution (10%), and 154 g of H2O. The mixture was stirred for 30 min at 25 °C and the precipitate was filtered off. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography over silica gel (eluent: MeOH/DCM 1 :50) to give Intermediate 4 (204 g, 78% yield) as a colorless oil.
Intermediate 5
Figure imgf000081_0002
HC1 (787 mL, 1 M) and Pd/C (8.37 g, 78.7 mmol, 0.10 equiv) were added to a solution of Intermediate 4 (204 g, 787 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in EtOH (2 L). The mixture was degassed and flushed with hydrogen. The mixture was stirred for 18 h at 25 °C under an atmosphere of hydrogen (balloon). Then was added HC1 (787 mL, 1 M) and the mixture was stirred for 30 min at 25 °C. The solid was filtered out and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum to give Intermediate 5 (106 g, 66% yield; as a HC1 salt, number of equivalents not determined) as a yellow solid which was used without further purifications. Intermediate 6
Figure imgf000082_0001
di-Zc/V-butyl dicarbonate (169 g, 773 mmol, 1.50 equiv) was added to a mixture of Intermediate 5 (106 g, 515 mmol, 1.00 equiv), THF (2 L), and TEA (2089 g, 2.06 mol, 4.00 equiv). The flask was stirred for 2 h at 25 °C. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography over silica gel (eluent: EtOAc/PE 1 :4) to give Intermediate 6 (134 g, 96% yield) as a white solid.
Intermediate 7
Figure imgf000082_0002
A mixture of Intermediate 6 (134 g, 0.496 mol, 1.00 equiv), DCM (2.6 L), PCC (534 g, 2.48 mol, 5.00 equiv) and silica gel (268 g, 4.46 mol, 9.00 equiv) was stirred for 12 h at 40 °C. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography over silica gel (eluent: EtOAc/PE 1 : 10) to give Intermediate 7 (79 g, 60% yield) as a white solid.
Intermediate 8
Figure imgf000082_0003
Intermediate 7 (79 g, 296 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and DMF-DMA (790 mL) were stirred for 1 h at 35 °C. The mixture was concentrated to give Intermediate 8 (100 g, crude) as a light-yellow oil which was used without any further purification. Intermediate 9
Figure imgf000083_0001
A mixture of Intermediate 8 (100 g, 310 mmol, 1.00 equiv), 5-chloro-2J/-pyrazol-3-amine [CAS: 916211-79-5] (36.5 g, 310 mmol, 1.00 equiv), toluene (1 L) and AcOH (100 mL) was stirred for 15 h at 95 °C. The reaction was cooled to 25 °C and concentrated under vacuum. NaHCCL (1000 mL) was added to the mixture, and the resulting solution was extracted with EtOAc (2x 1 L). The organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous MgSCU, and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography over silica gel (eluent: EtOAc/PE 15:85) to give Intermediate 9 (39.7 g, 34% yield) as a yellow oil.
Intermediate 10
Figure imgf000083_0002
A mixture of Intermediate 9 (39.7 g, 105 mmol, 1.00 equiv), DCM (400 mL) and TFA (80 mL) was stirred for 1 h at 25 °C. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum and NaHCCL (500 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with DCM (3x300 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous MgSCU. and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography over silica gel (eluent: EtOAc:PE (1 : 1). This resulted in 2-chloro-8-methyl-8-(trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-6J/-pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]pyrimidine (Intermediate 10, [CAS: 2661482-67-1], 15.2 g, 51% yield) as a yellow solid.
Intermediate 11 and 12
Figure imgf000083_0003
Intermediate 10 (5.0 g) was separated in enantiomers via chiral SFC, using as stationary phase: Chiralcel Diacel IH 20 x 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 z'PrNEE to provide two fractions as follows:
Fraction 1 : Intermediate 11 (2.35 g, 47% yield)
Fraction 2: Intermediate 12 (2.35 g, 47% yield)
Intermediate 13
Figure imgf000084_0001
To a cooled (0 °C) suspension of NaH (60% in mineral oil, 2.59 g, 64.85 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was added triethylphosphonopropionate (13.9 mL, 64.85 mmol) dropwise. The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes, then a solution of 4-bromobenzaldehyde [1122-91-4] (10.0 g, 54.0 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added dropwise, keeping the internal temperature between 0 °C and 5 °C. The mixture was allowed to warm to RT and stirred for 16 h. The reaction was quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of NH4CI (60 mL), and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography over silica gel (eluent: heptane/EtOAc up to 90/10). The fractions containing compound were combined and concentrated in vacuo to give Intermediate 13 (12.3 g, 84% yield) as a colorless oil.
Intermediate 14
Figure imgf000084_0002
To a cooled (0 °C) solution of Intermediate 13 (12.3 g, 45.7 mmol) in dry THF (230 mL) under nitrogen, was added DIBAL-H (IM in THF, 115 mL, 115 mmol) dropwise. The mixture was then allowed to slowly warm up to RT and stirred for 1 h. The reaction was cooled down to 0 °C, diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of Rochelle's salt (250 mL). After stirring for 1 h, the reaction was allowed to warm up to RT, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (200 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give Intermediate 14 (9.8 g, 94% yield) as a white solid. Intermediate 15
Figure imgf000085_0001
To a solution of Intermediate 14 (8.70 g, 38.3 mmol) and imidazole (3.13 g, 46.0 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) pre-cooled to 0 °C, was added triisopropyl silyl chloride (9.0 mL, 42.1 mmol) dropwise. The mixture was allowed to warm up to RT and stirred for 16 h. The mixture was diluted with water (100 mL) and DCM (100 mL). The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous MgSCU, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was purified by flash column chromatography over silica gel (eluent: heptane/DCM up to 90/10) to obtain Intermediate 15 (14 g, 95% yield) as a colorless oil.
Figure imgf000085_0002
In a 20 mL pressure tube charged with Intermediate 15 (1.15 g, 3.0 mmol) and tetrabutylammonium bromide (48.3 mg, 0.15 mmol), were added toluene (6 mL) and (bromodifluoromethyl)trimethylsilane (1.4 mL, 9 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 110 °C for 6 h. Six identical reactions were run in parallel and combined before work-up and purification. The reactions were cooled down to RT, each diluted with water (10-15 mL), EtOAc (20-25 mL), and combined. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in anhydrous THF (50 mL), cooled to 0 °C and TBAF (IM in THF, 27 mL, 27 mmol) was added. The reaction was allowed to warm up to RT and stirred for 1 h. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with water (50 mL) and EtOAc (100 mL). The aqueous layer was separated, and the organic layer was washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography over silica gel (eluent: heptane/EtOAc 70/30) to obtain Intermediate 16 (4.6 g, 92% yield) as a yellowish oil. Intermediate 17
Figure imgf000086_0001
To a solution of Intermediate 16 (3.81 g, 13.75 mmol) in water/MeCN (87 mL/87 mL), were added TEMPO (1.07 g, 6.87 mmol), (Diacetoxyiodo)benzene (13.29 g, 41.25 mmol) and NaHCOs (2.89 g, 34.37 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 6 h at RT, the mixture was diluted with water, and aq HC1 (I M) was added until the pH reached approximately 2. EtOAc was added and the organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated. The product was stirred in diisopropyl ether and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated and stirred in heptane to obtain a precipitate that was filtered and dried over anhydrous MgSO4 to give Intermediate 17 (3.46 g, 86% yield) as white solid.
Intermediate 18
Figure imgf000086_0002
To a mixture of Intermediate 17 (315 mg, 1.08 mmol), A-[(Dimethylamino)-U/-l,2,3-triazolo- [4,5-b]pyridin-l-ylmethylene]-A-methylmethanaminium hexafluorophosphate A -ox ide (823 mg, 2.16 mmol) and A-Diethylethanamine (0.60 mL, 4.33 mmol) in ACN (9 mL), was added methylamine (2 M in THF, 1.35 mL, 2.70 mmol). The mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h, then diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and water (15 mL). The acqueous layer was separated and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography over silica gel (eluent: heptane/EtOAc up to 50/50) to obtain Intermediate 18 (320 mg, 97% yield) as colorless oil.
Intermediate 19 and 20
Figure imgf000086_0003
Intermediate 19 Intermediate 20 Intermediate 18 (1 g, 3.29 mmol) was purified by preparative chiral SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak AS-H 30x250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2:zPrOH 85: 15). The fractions containing compound were combined and evaporated in vacuo to give Intermediate 19 (447 mg, 44% yield) and Intermediate 20 (480 mg, 48% yield).
Intermediate 21
Figure imgf000087_0001
To a mixture of Intermediate 17 (200.0 mg, 0.687 mmol) and A-[(Dirnethylarnino)-lJ/-l,2,3- triazolo-[4,5-b]pyridin-l-ylmethylene]-A-methylmethanaminium hexafluorophosphate N- oxide (522.5 mg, 1.37 mmol) and A A -Di ethyl ethanamine (0.38 mL, 2.75 mmol) in MeCN (5.2 mL) was added 3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutan-l-amine hydrochloride [2639792-63-3] (205.0 mg, 1.37 mmol). The reaction was stirred at RT for 1 h. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc and water. The water layer was separated, and the acqueouse phase was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were then dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography over silica gel (eluent: MeOH/DCM 0 to 7%) to give Intermediate 21 (264 mg, 91% yield) as a white solid.
Figure imgf000087_0002
Intermediate 22 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 21, starting from trans-3-methylsulfonylcyclobutylamine hydrochloride [1408075-97-7] (1.25 g, 6.73 mmol) instead of 3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutan-l-amine hydrochloride [2639792-63-3] to give Intermediate 22 (1.16 g, 73% yield) as a light-yellow solid.
Intermediate 23
Figure imgf000087_0003
Intermediate 23 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 13, starting from 4-bromo-2,3-difluorobenzaldehyde [644985-24-0] (5 g, 22.6 mmol) instead of 4- bromobenzaldehyde [1122-91-4] to give Intermediate 23 (3.5 g, 51% yield).
Intermediate 24
Figure imgf000088_0001
Intermediate 24 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 14, starting from Intermediate 23 (3.2 g, 10.5 mmol) instead of Intermediate 13, to give Intermediate 24 (2.3 g, 83% yield).
Intermediate 25
Figure imgf000088_0002
Intermediate 25 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 15, starting from Intermediate 24 (2.3 g, 8.7 mmol) instead of Intermediate 14 to give Intermediate 25 (3.3 g, 90% yield).
Intermediate 26
Figure imgf000088_0003
Intermediate 26 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 16, starting from Intermediate 25 (3 g, 6.4 mmol) instead of Intermediate 15 to give Intermediate 26 (1.65 g, 67% yield). Intermediate 27
Figure imgf000089_0001
Intermediate 27 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 17, starting from Intermediate 26 (1.65 g, 5.27 mmol) instead of Intermediate 16 to give Intermediate 27 (1.1 g, 30% yield).
Intermediate 28
Figure imgf000089_0002
Intermediate 28 was prepared by analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 21, starting from Intermediate 27 (1.1 g, 3.36 mmol) instead of Intermediate 17 to give Intermediate 28 (1.16 g, 74% yield) as a light-yellow solid.
Intermediate 29
Figure imgf000089_0003
Intermediate 29 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 13, starting from 4-bromo-2 -fluorobenzaldehyde [57848-46-1] (5 g, 1.2 mmol) instead of 4- bromobenzaldehyde [1122-91-4] to give Intermediate 29 (7 g, 84% yield).
Intermediate 30
Figure imgf000089_0004
Intermediate 30 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 14, starting from Intermediate 29 (5 g, 17.4 mmol) instead of Intermediate 13, to give Intermediate 30 (6 g, 93% yield). Intermediate 31
Figure imgf000090_0001
Intermediate 31 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 15, starting from Intermediate 30 (5 g, 20.4 mmol) instead of Intermediate 14 to give Intermediate 31 (6 g, 72% yield).
Intermediate 32
Figure imgf000090_0002
Intermediate 32 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 16, starting from Intermediate 31 (3.5 g, 8.7 mmol) instead of Intermediate 15 to give Intermediate 32 (1.8 g, 55% yield).
Intermediate 33
Figure imgf000090_0003
Intermediate 33 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 17, starting from Intermediate 32 (1.8 g, 6.1mmol) instead of Intermediate 16 to give Intermediate 33 (1.6 g, 51% yield).
Intermediate 34
Figure imgf000090_0004
Intermediate 34 was prepared by analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 21, starting from Intermediate 33 (1.6 g, 5.18 mmol) instead of Intermediate 17 to give Intermediate 34 (1.09 g, 47% yield) as a white solid.
Intermediate 35
Figure imgf000091_0001
Intermediate 35 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 13, starting from 4-bromo-3 -fluorobenzaldehyde [133059-43-5] (10 g, 1.2 mmol) instead of 4- bromobenzaldehyde [1122-91-4] to give Intermediate 35 (11 g, 74% yield).
Intermediate 36
Figure imgf000091_0002
Intermediate 36 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 14, starting from Intermediate 35 (11 g, 38.3 mmol) instead of Intermediate 13 to give Intermediate 36 (9 g, 93% yield).
Intermediate 37
Figure imgf000091_0003
Intermediate 37 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 15, starting from Intermediate 36 (9 g, 36.7 mmol) instead of Intermediate 14 to give Intermediate 37 (11 g, 75% yield).
Intermediate 38
Figure imgf000091_0004
Intermediate 38 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 16, starting from Intermediate 37 (3.5 g, 7.7 mmol) instead of Intermediate 15 to give Intermediate 38 (2.1 g, 92% yield).
Intermediate 39
Figure imgf000092_0001
Intermediate 39 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 17, starting from Intermediate 38 (2.1 g, 7.1 mmol) instead of Intermediate 16 to give Intermediate 39 (2.0 g, 91% yield).
Intermediate 40
Figure imgf000092_0002
Intermediate 40 was prepared by analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 21, starting from Intermediate 39 (2.0 g, 6.47 mmol) instead of Intermediate 17 to give Intermediate 40 (1.13 g, 40% yield) as a white solid.
Intermediate 41 and 42
Figure imgf000092_0003
Intermediate 41 Intermediate 42
Intermediate 17 (63 g, 216.42 mmol) was purified by preparative chiral SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak IG 5x30 cm, 10 pm, Mobile Phase: CO2/ MeOH: 85/15). The fractions containing compound were combined and evaporated in vacuo to give Intermediate 41 (25.8 g, 41% yield) and Intermediate 42 (25.8 g, 41% yield) as white solids. The following Intermediates were synthesized by analogous reaction protocol as described for Intermediate 21, starting from Intermediate 41 and indicated reagent.
Figure imgf000093_0002
Figure imgf000093_0001
To a mixture of Intermediate 13 (118 g, 438.43 mmol), toluene (826 mL) and tetrabutylammonium bromide [1643-19-2] (4.24 g, 13.15 mmol) was added (bromodifluoromethyl)trimethylsilane [115262-01-6] (1424.76 g, 7014.99 mmol) dropwise over 24 h at 110 °C (with a syringe pump). The resulting mixture was stirred for additional 5 h at 110 °C. The reaction was poured into ice water (1.5 L). The resulting mixture was extracted with PE (3x1 L). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (3x0.5 L), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. After filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluted with PE / EtOAc (30: 1) to afford Intermediate 47 (92 g, 66% yield) as a light-yellow oil.
Intermediate 48 and 49
Figure imgf000094_0001
Intermediate 48 Intermediate 49
Intermediate 47 (100 g, 313.34 mmol) was purified by preparative chiral HPLC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak IG 5x25 cm, 10 pm, Mobile Phase: Hexane/ EtOH: 99/1). The fractions containing compound were combined and evaporated in vacuo to give Intermediate 48 (23.8 g, 23% yield,) as a brown oil and Intermediate 49 (48.7 g, 47% yield) as a brown oil.
Intermediate 50
Figure imgf000094_0002
Intermediate 11 (3.0 g, 10.84 mmol), Intermediate 48 (3.46 g, 10.84 mmol), CS2CO3 (5.3 g, 16.27 mmol) and [(2-Di-tert-butylphosphino-2',4',6'-triisopropyl-l,r-biphenyl)-2-(2'-amino- 1, l'-biphenyl)] palladium(II) methanesulfonate [1447963-75-8] (948.0 mg, 1.19 mmol) were placed in a reaction vessel. Then dry DMA (120 mL) was added, and the reaction mixture was degassed for 10 min by bubbling nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 2 hours. Then, the crude was cooled down to room temperature, diluted with brine, water and EtOAc. The phases were separated, the aqueous layer extracted twice with EtOAc and combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4, solids were filtered, and solvents removed under vacuo. The crude was then purified by flash column chromatography (Mobile phase: DCM 100% yield) to give Intermediate 50 (3.32 g, 59% yield) as a yellow solid.
Intermediate 51 (active intermediate)
Figure imgf000095_0001
LiOH in water (30.44 mL, 2 M, 60.89 mmol) was added to a solution of Intermediate 50 (10.45 g, 20.3 mmol) in THF (150 mL) at room temperature. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The solvent was evaporated, and the residue was acidified to pH 2 and extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSCU, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give Intermediate 51 (9.96 g, 100% yield) as a yellow solid. 'H NMR (CHLOROFORM-d, 400 MHz) 5 ppm: 8.60 (s, 1 H), 7.31 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2 H), 7.12-7.18 (m, 2 H), 6.72 (s, 1 H), 4.34 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.02-4.10 (m, 1 H), 3.72 (dd, J= 15.1 , 2.8 Hz, 1 H), 2.01 (s, 3 H), 1.25 (t, J=2.2 Hz, 3 H). Confirms the MW, Rt: 2.28, [M+H]+: 487.1, Method: 6.
Intermediate 52
Figure imgf000095_0002
mCPBA [937-14-4 ] (58.36 mg, 0.26 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of Intermediate 45 (96.8 mg, 0.25 mmol) in dry DCM (2 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction was stirred for 3.5 h, while allowed to reach room temperature, and then diluted with sat. NaHCCL and DCM. The phases were separated, the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM and the combined organic layers were dried over MgSCU, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give Intermediate 52 (99.2 mg, yield 84% yield) as a white solid without further purification.
Intermediate 53
Figure imgf000095_0003
A mixture of Intermediate 52 (99 mg, 0.24 mmol), tert-butyl carbamate (42.84 mg, 0.37 mmol), magnesium oxide [1309-48-4] (39.29 mg, 0.97 mmol) and rhodium(II) acetate dimer [15956-28-2] (5.66 mg, 0.013 mmol) was degassed and dry DCM (2.5 mL) was added, followed by (diacetoxyiodo)benzene [3240-34-4] (117.73 mg, 0.37 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 40 °C for 5 h, then allowed to reach room temperature, filtered through a pad of dicalite and rinsed with DCM. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (Mobile phase: Heptane:EtOAc from 100:0 to 20:80) to afford Intermediate 53 (120.3 mg, 80% yield) as a colourless film.
Intermediate 54
Figure imgf000096_0001
Intermediate 54 was prepared by analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 50, starting from Intermediate 11 (24.3 mg, 0.088 mmol) and Intermediate 53 (60.0 mg, 0.097 mmol) to give Intermediate 54 (59.4 g, 72% yield) as a yellow film.
Intermediate 55
Figure imgf000096_0002
Triisopropyl silyl chloride [13154-24-0] (1.7 mL, 0.9 g/mL, 7.94 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of methyl (2E)-3-(4-bromophenyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-2-propenoate [1505472-36-5] (1.79 g, 6.6 mmol), DMAP [1122-58-3] (87 mg, 0.71 mmol) and imidazole [288-32-4] (582.6 mg, 8.56 mmol) in dry DCM (35 mL) at room temperature. The reaction was stirred for 24 h, then extra triisopropylsilyl chloride (0.4 mL, 1.87 mmol) and imidazole (111.5 mg, 1.64 mmol) were added and resulting mixture stirred for 24 h more. The crude was diluted with water and DCM, the phases separated and the aqueous layer extracted once with DCM. The combined organic layers were dried over MgSCU, the solids filtered and the solvent evaporated under vacuo. The crude was purified by flash column chromatography (Mobile phase: Hexane:EtOAc from 100:0 to 90: 10) to give Intermediate 55 (2.0 g, 71% yield) as a colourless oil.
Intermediate 56
Figure imgf000096_0003
A mixture of Intermediate 55 (1.0 g, 2.34 mmol), tetrabutylammonium bromide [1643-19-2] (37.7 mg, 0.17 mmol), dry toluene (2 mL) and TMSCF2Br [115262-01-6] (7.3 mL, 46.8 mmol) was stirred at 110 °C for 72 h, then concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by flash column chromatography (Mobile phase: Hexane:EtOAc from 100:0 to 90: 10) to give Intermediate 56 (930 mg; 33% purity, 27% yield).
Intermediate 57
Figure imgf000097_0001
LiOH (2.0 M in H2O; 1.8 mL, 3.6 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of Intermediate 56 (570.4 mg; mixture) in THF (3.4 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, then diluted with aq. HC1 1.0 M until acidid pH. EtOAc was added, the phases separated and the aqueous layer extracted twice with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4, solids filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give Intermediate 57 as a brown oil, which was used as such in the next without further purification (assumed quantitative yield).
Intermediate 58
Figure imgf000097_0002
Ammonium chloride [12125-02-9] (169.7 mg, 3.17 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of Intermediate 57 (crude), HATU [148893-10-1] (903.9 mg, 2.38 mmol) and TEA (0.66 mL, 0.73 g/mL, 4.78 mmol) in ACN (11 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 days, then diluted with EtOAc and water. Phases were separated, aqueous layer extracted twice with EtOAc and combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by flash column chromatography (Mobile phase: Hexane:EtOAc from 100:0 to 70:30) to give Intermediate 58 (112.6 mg, 20% yield) as a yellow film.
Intermediate 59
Figure imgf000097_0003
To a solution of Intermediate 55 (140 g, 328 mmol) in THF (750 mL) was added DIBALH [1191-15-7] (1 M, 983 mL) at -70 ° C (dry ice / EtOH) dropwise for 30 minutes. The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition sat. potassium sodium tartrate (100 mL) at -70 °C, and then diluted with water (1000 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3x700 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (800 mL), dried over ISfeSCL, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (Mobile phase: Petroleum ether: EtOAc from 100: 1 to 8: 1) to give Intermediate 59 (89.3 g, 68% yield) as a colorless oil.
Intermediate 60
Figure imgf000098_0001
To a solution of Intermediate 59 (89.0 g, 223 mmol) in DCM (450 mL) was added TEA (45.1 g, 446 mmol, 62.0 mL) and acetic anhydride [108-24-7] (34.1 g, 334 mmol, 31.3 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 2 hours. The mixture was concentrated to give the crude product. The residue was purified by column chromatography (Mobile phase: Petroleum ether:EtOAc from 100: 1 to 8: 1) to give Intermediate 60 (78 g, 177 mmol, 79% yield) as a colorless oil.
Intermediate 61
Figure imgf000098_0002
To a solution of Intermediate 60 (17.0 g, 38.5 mmol) in diglyme (20 mL) was added dropwise bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide [10416-59-8] (783 mg, 3.85 mmol, 951 pL, 0.1 eq) at 170 °C and was added dropwise slowly sodium 2-bromo-2,2-difluoroacetate [84349-27-9] (75.8 g, 385 mmol, 10 eq) in diglyme (240 mL) at 170 °C for 5-8 h. The resulting mixture was stirred at 170 °C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition H2O (500 mL), and then extracted with EtOAc (3x200 mL). Dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (Mobile phase: Petroleum ether:EtOAc from 100: 1 to 10: 1) to give Intermediate 61 (30.0 g, 55% yield, 70% purity) as a yellow oil. Intermediate 62
Figure imgf000099_0001
A mixture of Intermediate 61 (30.0 g, 61.0 mmol), K2CO3 (16.8 g, 122 mmol) in MeOH (150 mL) was degassed and purged with nitrogen, and then the mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 1 hour under N2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was quenched by adding water (10 mL), and then extracted with EtOAc (3x20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (Mobile phase: Petroleum ether: EtOAc from 100: 1 to 10: 1) to give Intermediate 62 (30.0 g, crude) as a colorless oil.
Intermediate 63 and 64
Figure imgf000099_0002
Intermediate 63 Intermediate 64
Intermediate 62 was purified by preparative chiral SFC (Column: DAICEL CHIRALCEL OJ (250mm*50mm, lOum); Mobile phase: [CCL-EtOH (0.1% NH3H2O)]; B%:20%, isocratic elution mode). The fractions containing compound were combined and evaporated in vacuo to give Intermediate 63 (14.6 g, 98% purity) and Intermediate 64 (13.2 g, 98% purity) as yellow oils.
Intermediate 65
Figure imgf000099_0003
To a solution of Intermediate 63 (13.2 g, 29.4 mmol) in DCM (130 mL) was added Dess-Martin periodinane [87413-09-0] (15.0 g, 35.2 mmol, 10.9 mL) at 0 °C and the mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 1 hour under nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting mixture was quenched by sat., aq., NaHCCL (50 mL) and sat., aq., Na2SOs (50 mL), the phases were separated and the organic layer was concentrated. The crude product was used into the next step without further purification. To a solution of crude (12.9 g, 28.8 mmol) 2-methyl-2 -butene [513-35-9] (4.04 g, 57.7 mmol, 6.11 mL) in THF (50 mL) and acetone (50mL), was added a solution of sodium chlorite [7758-19-2] (3.91 g, 43.3 mmol, 1.5 eq) and NaH2PO4 [7558-80-7] (10.4 g, 86.5 mmol) in water (50 mL) at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 1 hr, then quenched by sat., aq., NaHCCh (50 mL) and sat., aq., Na2SOs (50 mL), the phases were separated and the organic layer was concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (Mobile phase: Petroleum ether:EtOAc from 100: 1 to 10: 1) to give Intermediate 65 (10.0 g, 74% yield) as a colorless oil.
Intermediate 66
Figure imgf000100_0001
Intermediate 66 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 13, starting from ethyl 2-(diethoxyphosphoryl)-4-methylpentanoate [17145-91-4] (2.12 g, 7.56 mmol) and 4-bromo-benzaldehyde [1122-91-4] (1.16 mg, 6.30 mmol) to give Intermediate 66 (861 mg, 44% yield).
Intermediate 67
Figure imgf000100_0002
Intermediate 67 was prepared by analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 56, starting from Intermediate 66 (861 mg, 2.767 mmol) to give Intermediate 67 (1.36 g, assumed quantitative yield) as an orange residue.
Intermediate 68
Figure imgf000100_0003
Intermediate 68 was prepared by analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 57, starting from Intermediate 67 (1.36 g, crude from previous step, assumed 3.765 mmol) to give Intermediate 68 (196 mg, 15% yield). Intermediate 69
Figure imgf000101_0001
Intermediate 69 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 18, starting from Intermediate 68 (196 mg, 0.588 mmol) to give Intermediate 69(19 mg, 9% yield) as a white solid.
Intermediate 70
Figure imgf000101_0002
Intermediate 70 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 13, starting from ethyl 2-(diethoxyphosphoryl)propanoate [3699-66-9] (35.22 g, 147.845 mmol) and 5- bromopicolinaldehyde [31181-90-5] (25 g, 134.404 mmol) to give Intermediate 70 (21.3 g, 56% yield) as a light-yellow solid.
Intermediate 71
Figure imgf000101_0003
Intermediate 71 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 14, starting from Intermediate 70 (21.3 g, 74.91 mmol) to give Intermediate 71 (16 g, 89% yield) as a lightyellow oil.
Intermediate 72
Figure imgf000101_0004
Intermediate 72 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 15, starting from Intermediate 71 (16 g, 66.64 mmol) to give Intermediate 72 (20 g, 77% yield) as a lightyellow oil.
Intermediate 73
Figure imgf000101_0005
Intermediate 73 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 16, starting from Intermediate 72 (1.0 g, 2.58 mmol) to give Intermediate 73 (300 mg, 42% yield) as a brown paste.
Intermediate 74
Figure imgf000102_0001
Intermediate 73 (300 mg, 1.08 mmol) was dissolved in water/MeCN (5 mL/5 mL). TEMPO [2564-83-2] (84 mg, 0.54 mmol), (diacetoxyiodo)benzene [3240-34-4] (1.04 g, 3.24 mmol) and NaHCOs (227 mg, 2.70 mmol) were added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 72 h. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give Intermediate 74 (160 mg, 51% yield).
The following Intermediates were synthesized by analogous reaction protocol as described for Intermediate 21, starting from the indicated Intermediate and trans-3- methylsulfonylcyclobutylamine hydrochloride [1408075-97-7].
Figure imgf000102_0003
Intermediate 77
Figure imgf000102_0002
/c/V-Butyl 3,3-dimethyl-4-oxopyrrolidine-l-carboxylate [1824385-39-8] (900 mg, 4.22 mmol) and -di methyl form ami dedi methyl acetate [4637-24-5] (617 pL, 4.64 mmol) were stirred at 90 °C for 1 h. Then a solution of 3 -chloro- lJT-pyrazol-5 -amine [916211-79-5] (496 mg, 4.22 mmol) in AcOH (4.2 mL) was added dropwise at 85 °C and the resulting mixture was stirred at 85 °C for 15 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness to give a residue which was purified by normal phase preparative liquid chromatography (Mobile phase gradient: heptane:EtOAc from 100:0 to 50:50). The fractions containing product were combined and concentrated under vacuum to give Intermediate 77 (782 mg, 57% yield) as a pale-yellow solid.
The following Intermediates were synthesized by analogous reaction protocol as described for Intermediate 8, starting from the indicated reagents.
Figure imgf000103_0001
The following Intermediates were synthesized by analogous reaction protocol as described for Intermediate 9, starting from the indicated Intermediates.
Figure imgf000103_0002
The following Intermediates were synthesized by analogous reaction protocol as described for Intermediate 10, starting from the indicated Intermediates.
Figure imgf000104_0002
The following Intermediates were synthesized by analogous reaction protocol as described for Intermediate 50, starting from Intermediate 11 and the indicated reagent.
Figure imgf000104_0003
Intermediate 90
Figure imgf000104_0001
A solution of tert-butyl (3-oxocyclobutyl)carbamate [154748-49-9] (2.0 g, 10.80 mmol), dimethylphosphine oxide [7211-39-4] (1.69 g, 21.60 mmol) and HMDS [999-97-3] (3.48 g, 21.60 mmol) was stirred at 90 °C overnight under nitrogen atmosphere. After cooled down to rt, the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (50 mL) and brine (50 mL). The phases were separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated brine (3x 50 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford Intermediate 90 (3 g, crude) as a white solid.
Intermediate 91
Figure imgf000105_0001
To a mixture of Intermediate 90 (300 mg, 0.894 mmol) in ACN (3 mL) was added EtsN 3HF [73602-61-6] (72.09 mg, 0.45 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at rt for 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (30 mL) and brine (30 mL). After separation of phases, the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3x 50 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated NaHCCL (3x 30 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give Intermediate 91 (90 mg, crude) as a white solid.
Intermediate 92 and Intermediate 93
Figure imgf000105_0002
Intermediate 92 Intermediate 93
A suspension of Intermediate 91 (1.2 g, 4.56 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine [1122-58-3] (1.11 g, 9.12 mmol) in ACN (36 mL) was stirred at 0 °C under nitrogen atmosphere. Then methyl oxalyl chloride [5781-53-3] (837.59 mg, 6.84 mmol) was added and the mixture was allowed to warm to rt and stirred an addditional 2.5 h. After addition of EtOAc (50 mL), the mixture was washed with saturated NaHCCL (50 mL) and brine (50 mL). The organic phases were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give a yellow oil. The obtained yellow oil was dissolved in toluene (36 mL). To this solution, azobisisobutyronitrile [78-67-1] (187.11 mg, 1.140 mmol) and BusSnH [688-73-3] (1.99 g, 6.84 mmol) were added. The resulting solution was stirred at 90 °C overnight. After cooled down to rt, the resulting solution was concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (Mobile phase: DCM:MeOH from 100:0 to 80:20) to give:
Fraction 1 : Intermediate 92 (136.3 mg, 12% yield) as yellow solid. Fraction 2: Intermediate 93 (73.3 mg, 6% yield) as yellow solid.
Intermediate 94
Figure imgf000106_0001
A mixture of tert-butyl cis-3-sulfamoylcyclobutyl)carbamate [2567498-52-4] (6.5 g, 25.97 mmol), DCM (60 mL) and UT-imidazole [288-32-4] (20.0 g, 293.78 mmol) was stirred at rt for 15 min. Then, tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride [18162-48-6] (78.27 g, 3.99 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (150 mL) and water (150 mL). After separation of phases, the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (2x 100 mL) and washed with brine (2x 150 mL). The combined organic phases were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue purified by flash column chromatography (Mobile phase: PE:EtOAc from 100:0 to 50:50) to give Intermediate 94 (2.5 g, 26% yield) as a yellow oil.
Intermediate 95
Figure imgf000106_0002
Dry EtsN (1.28 mL, 9.02 mmol) was added dropwise into a colorless suspension of fresh made dichlorotriphenylphosphorane [2526-64-9] (3.66 g, 11.0 mmol) in CHCh (30 mL) at -5 °C and stirred at -5 °C for 10 min. To this suspension, a solution of Intermediate 94 (800 mg, 2.20 mmol) in CHCI3 (5 mL) was added dropwise and stirred at 5 °C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was dropped into methylamine [74-89-5] (tetrahydrofuran solution 1.96 M, 160.0 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (150 mL) and water (150 mL). After separation of phases, the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 100 mL) and washed with brine (2 x 150 mL). The combined organic phases were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (Mobile phase: PE:EtOAc from 100:0 to 50:50) to give Intermediate 95 (240 mg, 29% yield) as a yellow solid. Intermediate 96
Figure imgf000107_0001
To a stirred solution of Intermediate 95 (200 mg, 0.53 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) at rt was added AcOH (30 mL, 524.04 mmol). To this mixture, a 3: 1 mixture of chloroform and isopropyl alcohol (100 mL) and water (30 mL) were added. The solution was basified to PH 7~8 with ammonia water and the phases separated. The combined organic phases were dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was s purified by flash column chromatography (Mobile phase: DCM :MeOH from 100 :0 to 80 :20) to give Intermediate 96 (132.7 mg, 79% yield) as an off-white solid.
The following Intermediates were synthesized by analogous reaction protocol as described for Intermediate 10, starting from the indicated Intermediates.
Figure imgf000107_0003
Intermediate 100
Figure imgf000107_0002
Intermediate 100 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 47, starting from Intermediate 35 (60.0 g, 208.96 mmol) to give Intermediate 100 (36.0 g, 48% yield) as a brown oil. Intermediate 101 and 102
Figure imgf000108_0001
Intermediate 101 Intermediate 102
Intermediate 100 (42.0 g, 124.58 mmol) was purified by preparative chiral SFC (Column: CHIRAL Cellulose-SB, 4.6*100mm, 3um; Mobile Phase A: Hex: IPA= 99: 1; Gradient: isocratic; Injection Volume: 0.1 mL). The fractions containing compound were combined and evaporated in vacuo to give Intermediate 101 (19.2 g, 45% yield ) as a light-yellow oil and Intermediate 102 (16.2 g, 38% yield) as a brown oil.
Intermediate 103
Figure imgf000108_0002
Intermediate 103 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 50, starting from Intermediate 102 (163.9 mg, 0.48 mmol) to give Intermediate 103 (184.8 mg, 80% yield) as a yellow film.
Intermediate 104 (active intermediate)
Figure imgf000108_0003
Intermediate 104 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Intermediate 51, starting from Intermediate 103 (176.3 mg, 0.32 mmol) to give Intermediate 104 (175.9 mg, 98% purity, quantitative yield) as a yellow foam. JH NMR (CHLOROFORM-d, 400 MHz) 5 ppm: 8.29 (d, J =1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J =12.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.70-6.75 (m, 1H), 4.27 (dd, J= 11.4, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (br d, J= 11.5 Hz, 1H), 3.71 (dd, J= 14.5, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 1.98-2.04 (m, 3H), 1.26-1.29 (m, 3H). Confirms the MW, Rt: 0.91, [M+H]+: 505.2, Method: 5. Preparation of compounds
Compound 1
Figure imgf000109_0001
A pressure tube was charged with Intermediate 22 (175 mg, 0.41 mmol), Intermediate 11 (126.11 mg, 0.46 mmol), BrettPhos Pd G3 (37.57 mg, 0.041 mmol), BrettPhos (22.24 mg, 0.041 mmol), CS2CO3 (202.53 mg, 0.62 mmol), and 1,4-dioxane (4.05 mL). The mixture was degassed, then stirred at 60 °C for 8 h. The reaction was cooled down to RT and filtered through celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude was purified by Prep HPLC (Stationary phase: RP XBridge Prep C18 OBD-lOpm, 30x150mm, Mobile phase: 0.25% NH4HCO3 solution in water, CH3CN) to obtain Compound 1 as a yellow solid (147 mg, 58% yield).
‘H NMR (CHLOROFORM-d, 400 MHz) 5 ppm: 8.29 - 8.25 (m, IH), 7.26 - 7.23 (m, IH), 7.18 - 7.06 (m, 2H), 6.70 (s, IH), 6.08 (d, J=6.2 Hz, IH), 4.55 (sxt, 7=7.6 Hz, IH), 4.25 (d, 7=12.3 Hz, IH), 4.06 (d, 7=11.7 Hz, IH), 3.80 (tt, 7=4.6, 9.5 Hz, IH), 3.62 (d, 7=15.6 Hz, IH), 3.04 - 2.90 (m, 2H), 2.87 (s, 3H), 2.70 - 2.60 (m, 2H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 3H).
Compound 2 and Compound 3
Figure imgf000109_0002
Compound 2 Compound 3
Compound 1 (147 mg) was separated via chiral SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralcel Diacel IH 20 x 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 zPrNHz). The fractions containing compound were combined and the solvent was concentrated in vacuo to provide two fractions as follows:
Fraction 1 : Compound 2 (61 mg, 24% yield starting from intermediate 22)
'HNMR (CHLOROFORM-d, 400 MHz) 5 ppm: 8.26 (d, 7=1.3 Hz, IH), 7.26 - 7.22 (m, IH), 7.15 (d, 7=11.9 Hz, IH), 7.08 (d, 7=8.3 Hz, IH), 6.71 (s, IH), 6.08 (br d, 7=6.4 Hz, IH), 4.55 (sxt, 7=7.6 Hz, IH), 4.26 (d, 7=10.5 Hz, IH), 4.06 (d, J=11.4 Hz, IH), 3.79 (tt, 7=4.7, 9.5 Hz, IH), 3.64 - 3.59 (m, IH), 3.00 - 2.92 (m, 2H), 2.87 (s, 3H), 2.70 - 2.61 (m, 2H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 3H).
Fraction 2: Compound 3 (63 mg, 25% yield starting from intermediate 22)
'HNMR (CHLOROFORM-d, 400 MHz) 5 ppm: 8.26 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.25 - 7.05 (m, 3H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 6.06 (d, .7=6, 2Hz, 1H), 4.59 - 4.50 (m, 1H), 4.24 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (d, .7=11.5 Hz, 1H), 3.83 - 3.75 (m, 1H), 3.61 (d, 7=16.0 Hz, 1H), 2.99 - 2.92 (m, 2H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 2.69 - 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.99 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000110_0001
Compound 4 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Compound 1, starting from Intermediate 28 (0.1 g, 0.22 mmol) instead of Intermediate 22 to give Compound 4 (63.4 mg, 44% yield).
'HNMR (CHLOROFORM-d, 400 MHz) 5 ppm: 8.32 (s, IH), 7.11 - 6.98 (m, 2H), 6.72 (s, IH), 6.10 (br d, 7=6.2 Hz, IH), 4.54 (sxt, 7=7.5 Hz, IH), 4.32 - 4.22 (m, IH), 4.11 (t, J=11.7 Hz, IH), 3.80 (tt, J=9.5, 4.5 Hz, IH), 3.57 (br d, 7=14.3 Hz, IH), 3.03 - 2.81 (m, 5H), 2.72 - 2.62 (m, 2H), 2.01 (s, 3H), 1.27 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000110_0002
Compound 4 (63.4 mg) was separated via chiral SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralcel Diacel IH 20 x 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 zPrNHz). The fractions containing compound were combined and the solvent was concentrated in vacuo to provide two fractions as follows:
Fraction 1 : Compound 5 (29.6 mg, 21% yield starting from intermediate 28)
'HNMR (CHLOROFORM-d, 400 MHz) 5 ppm: 8.31 (d, 7=1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.10 - 6.99 (m, 2H), 6.72 (s, 1H), 6.08 (br d, 7=6.2 Hz, 1H), 4.53 (sxt, 7=7.7 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (dd, J=11.4, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 4.10 (d, J=11.4 Hz, 1H), 3.80 (tt, J=9.5, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 3.57 (br d, 7=14.3 Hz, 1H), 2.99 - 2.92 (m, 2H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 2.71 - 2.63 (m, 2H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 1.27 (s, 3H)
Fraction 2: Compound 6 (32.8 mg, 23% yield starting from intermediate 28)
'H NMR (CHLOROFORM-d, 400 MHz) 5 ppm: 8.32 (d, J=l.l Hz, 1H), 7.09 - 6.98 (m, 2H), 6.72 (s, 1H), 6.07 (br d, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 4.53 (sxt, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (dd, J=11.4, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 4.13 (d, J= 11.7 Hz, 1H), 3.80 (tt, .7=9.5, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 3.56 (br d, J=14.5 Hz, 1H), 2.99 - 2.92 (m, 2H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 2.67 (ddd, J=14.4, 9.6, 7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.01 (s, 3H), 1.27 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000111_0001
Compound 7 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Compound 1, starting from Intermediate 34 (175.0 g, 0.40 mmol) instead of Intermediate 22 to give Compound 7 (165.0 mg, 65% yield).
'H NMR (CHLOROFORM-d, 400 MHz) 5 ppm: 8.62 (s, 1H), 7.32 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.94 - 6.85 (m, 2H), 6.72 (s, 1H), 6.09 (br d, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 4.52 (sxt, ./ 7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (dd, J=11.2, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (dd, J=10.9, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 3.80 (tt, J=9.6, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 3.49 (br d, J= 15.2 Hz, 1H), 3.03 - 2.89 (m, 2H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 2.66 (ddd, J=14.5, 9.6, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 1.24 (br s, 3H).
Figure imgf000111_0002
Compound 7 (165 mg) was separated via chiral SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralcel Diacel IH 20 x 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 zPrNHz). The fractions containing compound were combined and the solvent was concentrated in vacuo to provide two fractions as follows:
Fraction 1 : Compound 8 (72.0 mg, 29% yield starting from intermediate 34)
'H NMR (CHLOROFORM-d, 400 MHz) 5 ppm: 8.62 (s, 1H), 7.32 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.94 - 6.85 (m, 2H), 6.72 (s, 1H), 6.09 (br d, J=6.1 Hz, 1H), 4.57 - 4.48 (m, 1H), 4.32 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (d, J=l l. l Hz, 1H), 3.80 (tt, J=9.5, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 3.49 (br d, .7=15.0 Hz, 1H), 2.99 - 2.91 (m, 2 H), 2.86 (s, 3 H), 2.67 (ddd, 7=14.5, 9.6, 7.1 Hz, 2 H), 2.00 (s, 3 H), 1.24 (s, 3 H).
Fraction 2: Compound 9 (76.0 mg, 30% yield starting from intermediate 34)
'H NMR (CHLOROFORM-d, 400 MHz) 5 ppm: 8.62 (s, 1H), 7.32 (t, 7=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.93 - 6.85 (m, 2H), 6.72 (s, 1H), 6.08 (br d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.57 - 4.47 (m, 1H), 4.31 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (d, 7=11.3 Hz, 1H), 3.80 (tt, J=9.6, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 3.49 (br d, 7=15.3 Hz, 1H), 2.99 - 2.91 (m, 2H), 2.86 (s, 3 H), 2.67 (ddd, 7=14.4, 9.6, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000112_0001
Compound 10 was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as Compound 1, starting from Intermediate 40 (0.17 mg, 0.40 mmol) instead of Intermediate 22 to give Compound 10 (151 mg, 59% yield).
'H NMR (CHLOROFORM-d, 400 MHz) 5 ppm: 8.29 - 8.25 (m, IH), 7.26 - 7.23 (m, IH), 7.18 - 7.06 (m, 2H), 6.70 (s, IH), 6.08 (br d, 7=6.2 Hz, IH), 4.55 (sxt, 7=7.6 Hz, IH), 4.25 (br d, 7=12.3 Hz, IH), 4.06 (br d, J=11.7 Hz, IH), 3.80 (tt, J=9.5, 4.6 Hz, IH), 3.62 (br d, 7=15.6 Hz, IH), 3.04 - 2.90 (m, 2H), 2.87 (s, 3H), 2.70 - 2.60 (m, 2H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 3H).
Compound 11 and Compound 12
Figure imgf000112_0002
Compound 10 (151 mg) was separated via chiral SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralcel Diacel IH 20 x 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 z'PrMHE). The fractions containing compound were combined and the solvent was concentrated in vacuo to provide two fractions as follows:
Fraction 1 : Compound 11 (70.0 mg, 28% yield starting from intermediate 40)
'HNMR (CHLOROFORM-d, 400 MHz) 5 ppm: 8.26 (d, 7=1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.26 - 7.22 (m, 1H), 7.15 (d, 7=11.9 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, 7=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (s, 1H), 6.08 (br d, 7=6.4 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (sxt, 7=7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (d, 7=10.5 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (d, J=11.4 Hz, 1H), 3.79 (tt, J=9.5, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 3.62 (br d, J= 15.8 Hz, 1H), 3.00 - 2.92 (m, 2H), 2.87 (s, 3H), 2.70 - 2.61 (m, 2H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 3H).
Fraction 2: Compound 12 (71.0 mg, 28% yield starting from intermediate 40)
'H NMR (CHLOROFORM-d, 400 MHz) 5 ppm: 8.26 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (s, 2H), 7.25 - 7.05 (m, 3H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 6.06 (br d, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 4.59 - 4.50 (m, 1H), 4.24 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (d, .7=11.5 Hz, 1H), 3.79 (tt, J=9.5, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 3.61 (br d, 7=16.0 Hz, 1H), 2.99 - 2.92 (m, 2H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 2.64 (ddd, 7=14.4, 9.6, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.99 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H).
Compound 13
Figure imgf000113_0001
A 20 mL vessel was charged with Intermediate 10 (204.67 mg, 0.74 mmol), 2- dicyclohexylphosphino-2',6'-dimethoxybiphenyl (30.37 mg, 0.074 mmol), palladium(II) acetate (11.07 mg, 0.049 mmol) and potassium carbonate (170.41 mg, 1.23 mmol). The vessel was sealed and degassed. Then, a solution of Intermediate 18 (150 mg, 0.49 mmol) in dry toluene (5.0 mL) was syringed into the vessel which was then again degassed by bubbling N2. The mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 12 h, then the reaction was cooled down to RT and filtered through celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude was purified by Prep HPLC (Stationary phase: RP XBridge Prep C18 OBD-lOpm, 30x150mm, Mobile phase: 0.25% NH4HCO3 solution in water, CH3CN) to obtain Compound 13 (125 mg, 51% yield).
'H NMR (CHLOROFORM-d, 400 MHz) 5 ppm: 8.57 (d, 7=1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (m, 7=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (m, 7=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.69 (s, 1H), 5.83 (s, 1H), 4.31 (dd, J=11.1, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.03 (dd, J=11.0, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.66 - 3.59 (m, 1H), 2.93 (d, 7=4.8 Hz, 3H), 1.99 (s, 3H), 1.69 - 1.65 (m, 1H), 1.21 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 3H).
Compound 14, 15, 16 and 17
Figure imgf000113_0002
Compound 14 Compound 15
Figure imgf000114_0001
Compound 16 Compound 17
Compound 13 (125 mg) was separated via chiral SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralcel Diacel OJ 20 x 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 zPrNFE). The fractions containing compound were combined and the solvent was concentrated in vacuo to provide four fractions as follows:
Fraction 1 : Compound 14 (23.3 mg, 9% yield starting from intermediate 18)
'H NMR (CHLOROFORM-d, 400 MHz) 5 ppm: 8.57 (d, 7=1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.33 - 7.27 (m, 7=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.15 - 7.10 (m, 7=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.69 (s, 1H), 5.83 (br s, 1H), 4.31 (dd, 7=2.0, 11.1 Hz, 1H), 4.03 (dd, 7=4.0, 11.0 Hz, 1H), 3.66 - 3.59 (m, 1H), 2.93 (d, 7=4.8 Hz, 3H), 1.99 (s, 3H), 1.69 - 1.65 (m, 1H), 1.25 - 1.16 (m, 3H).
Fraction 2: Compound 15 (23.0 mg, 9.3% yield starting from intermediate 18)
'H NMR (CHLOROFORM-d, 400 MHz) 5 ppm: 8.57 (s, 1H), 7.34 - 7.28 (m, 2H), 7.17 - 7.10 (m, 2H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 5.83 (br s, 1H), 4.33 (d, 7=11.0 Hz, 1H), 4.07 - 4.01 (m, 1H), 3.63 (dd, 7=2.5, 15.7 Hz, 1H), 2.94 (d, 7=4.8 Hz, 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 1.30 - 1.13 (m, 3H).
Fraction 3: Compound 16 (21.5 mg, 9% yield starting from intermediate 18)
'H NMR (CHLOROFORM-d, 400 MHz) 5 ppm: 8.58 (s, 1H), 7.33 - 7.28 (m, 7=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.16 - 7.11 (m, 7=8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 5.83 (br s, 1H), 4.32 (d, 7=11.2 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (d, 7=11.2 Hz, 1H), 3.63 (dd, 7=2.3, 15.7 Hz, 1H), 2.94 (d, 7=4.8 Hz, 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 1.26 - 1.16 (m, 3H).
Fraction 4: Compound 17 (22.0 mg, 9% yield starting from intermediate 18)
'H NMR (CHLOROFORM-d, 400 MHz) 5 ppm: 8.58 (s, 1H), 7.31 (d, 7=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.13 (d, 7=8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 5.83 (br s, 1H), 4.32 (d, 7=11.0 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (d, 7=11.2 Hz, 1H), 3.63 (dd, 7=2.4, 15.6 Hz, 1H), 2.94 (d, 7=4.6 Hz, 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 1.27 - 1.16 (m, 3H).
The following Compounds were synthesized by analogous reaction protocol as described for Compound 1, starting from Intermediate 43 and the indicated Intermediates.
Figure imgf000115_0001
The following Compounds were synthesized by analogous reaction protocol as described for Compound 1, starting from Intermediate 11 and the indicated Intermediates.
Figure imgf000115_0002
Figure imgf000116_0001
Figure imgf000117_0001
Figure imgf000118_0001
Intermediate 54 (59 mg, 0.063 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (0.8 mL), HC1 (4M in dioxane; 0.3 mL, 1.2 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The mixture was dried under vacuum, and the residue was diluted with DCM. Sat. NaHCCL was added and the phases were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM and the combined organic layers were dried over MgSCU, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (Mobile phase: DCM : MeOH/NHs 7N from 100:0 to 96:4) to give Compound 33 (33.3 mg, 77% yield) as a yellow film. Compound 34 and 35
Figure imgf000119_0001
Compound 34 Compound 35
Compound 33 (33 mg) was separated via chiral SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 x 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 zPrNFE). The fractions containing compound were combined and the solvent was concentrated in vacuo to provide four fractions as follows:
Fraction 1 : Compound 34 (8.4 mg, 22% yield) as a yellow solid
Fraction 2: Compound 35 (8.4 mg, 22% yield) as a yellow solid
Figure imgf000119_0002
TBAF (IM in THF, 0.10 mL, 0.10 mmol) was added to a solution of Intermediate 87 (52 mg, 0.066 mmol) in anhydrous THF (2 mL). The reaction was stirred at rt for 1 h. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (15 mL) and water (10 mL). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous one was extracted with EtOAc (10 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash column cromatography (Mobile phase: heptane:EtOAc from 100:0 to 0: 100) to obtain Compound 36 (35 mg, 80% yield) as a yellow solid.
Compound 37
Figure imgf000119_0003
A 20 mL vial was charged with Compound 3(150 mg, 0.24 mmol) and formic acid (0.018 mL, 1.22 g/mL, 0.49 mmol) and CS2CO3 (94.89 mg, 0.29 mmol) and BrettPhos Pd G3 (66.01 mg, 0.073 mmol) in 4 mL 1,4-dioxane. The mixture was degassed with N2 and stirred Ih at 55 °C. NaHCCh sat. sol. was added and the product was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried on MgSCU, filtered, and evaporated. The product was purified by flash column chromatography (Mobile phase: DMC:MeOH from 100:0 to 97:3). The pure fractions were evaporated and repurified via Prep HPLC (Stationary phase: RP XBridge Prep C18 OBD-lOpm, 50x150mm, Mobile phase: 0.25% NH4HCO3 solution in water, CH3CN) to give Compound 37 (23.2 mg, 16% yield).
Compound 38
Figure imgf000120_0001
A solution of Intermediate 51 (49 mg, 0.10 mmol) and A-ethyl-A-isopropylpropan-2-amine (39 mg, 52 pL, 0.30 mmol) in ACN (1 mL) was added to 2-(dimethylphosphoryl)ethan-l -amine hydrochloride [1003315-34-1] (3.0 mg, 0.20 mmol). 2,4,6-tripropyl-l,3,5,2,4,6- trioxatriphosphinane 2,4,6-trioxide [68957-94-8] (0.13 g, 0.12 mL, 50% Wt, 0.20 mmol) was added. The resulting mixtures were stirred at room temperature for 16h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, the crudes were redissolved in 2 mL DCM/EtOAc (2/1) and washed with 1 mL IM citric acid. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude mixtures was purified via Prep HPLC (Stationary phase: RP XBridge Prep Cl 8 OBD- 10pm, 30x150mm, Mobile phase: 0.25% NH4HCO3 solution in water, CH3CN) to give Compound 38 (34.0 mg, 58% yield).
The following Compounds were synthesized by analogous reaction protocol as described for Compound 38, from the indicated reagents.
Figure imgf000120_0002
Figure imgf000121_0001
Figure imgf000122_0001
Figure imgf000123_0001
Figure imgf000124_0001
Figure imgf000125_0001
Figure imgf000126_0001
Figure imgf000127_0001
Figure imgf000128_0001
Figure imgf000129_0001
Figure imgf000130_0001
Figure imgf000131_0001
Figure imgf000132_0001
Figure imgf000133_0001
Figure imgf000134_0001
Figure imgf000135_0001
Figure imgf000136_0001
Figure imgf000137_0001
Figure imgf000138_0001
Figure imgf000139_0001
Figure imgf000140_0001
Figure imgf000141_0001
Figure imgf000142_0001
Figure imgf000143_0001
Figure imgf000144_0001
Figure imgf000145_0001
Figure imgf000146_0001
Figure imgf000147_0001
Figure imgf000148_0001
Figure imgf000149_0001
Figure imgf000150_0001
Figure imgf000151_0001
Figure imgf000152_0001
Figure imgf000153_0001
Figure imgf000154_0001
Figure imgf000155_0001
Figure imgf000156_0001
Figure imgf000157_0001
Figure imgf000158_0001
Figure imgf000159_0001
Figure imgf000160_0001
Figure imgf000161_0001
Figure imgf000162_0001
Figure imgf000163_0001
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000165_0001
Figure imgf000166_0001
Figure imgf000167_0001
Figure imgf000168_0001
Figure imgf000169_0001
Figure imgf000170_0001
Figure imgf000171_0001
Figure imgf000172_0001
Figure imgf000173_0001
Figure imgf000174_0001
Figure imgf000175_0001
Figure imgf000176_0001
Figure imgf000177_0001
Figure imgf000178_0001
Figure imgf000179_0001
Figure imgf000180_0001
Figure imgf000181_0001
Figure imgf000182_0001
Figure imgf000183_0001
Figure imgf000184_0001
Figure imgf000185_0002
Compound 318
Figure imgf000185_0001
HC1 (4M in dioxane, 0.1 mL, 0.4 mmol) was added to a solution of Intermediate 89 (42 mg, 0.06 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (0.6 mL). The reaction was stirred at rt for 3 h. The mixture was pourred into a saturated solution of bicarbonate and extracted with DCM twice, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Mobile phase: DCM:MeOH from 100:0 to 95:5) to give Compound 318 (28 mg, 78% yield) as a white solid. Compound 319 and 320
Figure imgf000186_0001
Compound 319 Compound 320
Compound 318 (28.0 mg) was separated via chiral SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 x 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 zPrNFE). The fractions containing compound were combined and the solvent was concentrated in vacuo to provide two fractions as follows:
Fraction 1 : Compound 319 (4.5 mg, 13% yield starting from intermediate 89)
Fraction 2: Compound 320 (10.0 mg, 30% yield starting from intermediate 89) Table: LCMS results. Rt means retention time, in minutes (min.); [M+H]+ means the protonated mass of the compound; method refers to the method used for LCMS analysis of compounds; No. means number. Rt means retention time (in minutes).
Figure imgf000186_0002
Figure imgf000187_0001
Figure imgf000188_0001
Figure imgf000189_0001
Figure imgf000190_0001
Figure imgf000191_0001
Figure imgf000192_0001
Figure imgf000193_0001
Figure imgf000194_0001
Table: Analytical SFC data - Rt means retention time (in minutes), method refers to the method used for (SFC)MS analysis of enantiomerically pure compounds. No. means number.
Figure imgf000194_0002
Figure imgf000195_0001
Figure imgf000196_0001
Figure imgf000197_0001
Analytical Analysis
The High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) measurement was performed using a LC pump, a diode-array (DAD) or a UV detector and a column as specified in the respective methods. If necessary, additional detectors were included (see table of methods below).
Flow from the column was brought to the Mass Spectrometer (MS) which was configured with an atmospheric pressure ion source. It is within the knowledge of the skilled person to set the tune parameters (e.g., scanning range, dwell time. . .) to obtain ions allowing the identification of the compound’s nominal monoisotopic molecular weight (MW). Data acquisition was performed with appropriate software.
Compounds are described by their experimental retention times (Rt) and ions. If not specified differently in the table of data, the reported molecular ion corresponds to the [M+H]+ (protonated molecule) and/or [M-H]' (deprotonated molecule). In case the compound was not directly ionizable the type of adduct is specified (i.e. [M+NH4]+, [M+HCOO]', etc...). For molecules with multiple isotopic patterns (Br, Cl), the reported value is the one obtained for the lowest isotope mass. All results were obtained with experimental uncertainties that are commonly associated with the method used.
Hereinafter, “SQD” means Single Quadrupole Detector, “MSD” Mass Selective Detector, “RT” room temperature, “BEH” bridged ethylsiloxane/silica hybrid, “DAD” Diode Array Detector, ”HSS” High Strength silica.
LCMS Method Codes (Flow expressed in mL/min, column temperature (T) in °C, Run time in minutes, ‘ACN1 means acetonitrile)
LC-MS methods:
Figure imgf000197_0002
Figure imgf000198_0001
SFC-MS methods:
The SFC measurement was performed using an Analytical Supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC) system composed by a binary pump for delivering carbon dioxide (CO2) and modifier, an autosampler, a column oven, a diode array detector equipped with a high-pressure flow cell standing up to 400 bars. If configured with a Mass Spectrometer (MS) the flow from the column was brought to the (MS). It is within the knowledge of the skilled person to set the tune parameters (e.g., scanning range, dwell time. . .) to obtain ions allowing the identification of the compound’s nominal monoisotopic molecular weight (MW). Data acquisition was performed with appropriate software. Analytical SFC-MS Methods (Flow expressed in mL/min, column temperature (Col T) in °C, Run time in minutes, Backpressure (BPR) in bars. “zPrN h” means isopropylamine, “zPrOH” means 2-propanol, “EtOH” means ethanol, “min” mean minutes.
SFC methods:
Figure imgf000199_0001
Figure imgf000200_0001
Figure imgf000201_0001
NMR
1 H NMR spectra were recorded on Bruker Avance III 400MHz and Avance NEO 400MHz spectrometers. CHLOROFORM-d was used as solvent, unless otherwise mentioned. The chemical shifts are expressed in ppm relative to tetramethyl silane. ‘Cpd No.’ means Compound Number.
Figure imgf000202_0001
Figure imgf000203_0001
Figure imgf000204_0001
Pharmacological Analysis
Biological Examples
In vitro assays include assays that determine cell morphology, protein expression, and/or the cytotoxicity, enzyme inhibitory activity, and/or the subsequent functional consequences of treatment of cells with compounds of the invention. Alternate or additional in vitro assays may be used to quantitate the ability of the inhibitor to bind to protein or nucleic acid molecules within the cell.
Inhibitor binding may be measured by radiolabelling the inhibitor prior to binding, isolating the inhibitor/target molecule complex and determining the amount of radiolabel bound. Alternatively or additionally, inhibitor binding may be determined by running a competition experiment where new inhibitors are incubated with purified proteins or nucleic acids bound to known radioligands. Detailed conditions of exemplary systems for assaying a compound of Formula (I) of the present invention as MALT1 inhibitors are set forth in the Biological Examples below.
Such assays are exemplary and not intended to limit the scope of the invention. The skilled practitioner can appreciate that modifications can be made to conventional assays to develop equivalent or other assays that can be employed to comparably assess activity or otherwise characterize compounds and/or compositions as described herein.
In Vitro Assays Biological Example 1
MALT1 Biochemical Protease Assay
MALT1 protease activity was assessed in an in vitro assay using a tetrapeptide as substrate and full-length MALT1 protein (Strep-MALTl(l-824)-His) purified from baculovirus-infected insect cells. The tetrapeptide LRSR is coupled to AMC (7-amino-4-methylcoumarin) and provides a quenched, fluorescent substrate for the MALT1 protease (SM Biochemicals). Cleavage of AMC from the Arginine residue results in an increase in coumarin fluorescence measured at 460 nm (excitation 355 nm). The final assay buffer consisted of 10 nM FL MALT1 protein, 200 pM Ac-LRSR-AMC, 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.6 M Citrate, 1 mM dithiothreitol (DTT), 1 mM ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), 0.05% bovine serum albumin (BSA) and 1.5% dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO). Test compounds were spotted at 50 nL in 100% DMSO per well of a black 384-Proxiplate (Perkin Elmer). Test compound concentrations ranged from 30 pM to 0.5 nM using 11 dilution steps (1 :3). Background signal was measured from control wells containing assay buffer without enzyme which functions as low control (LC). High control (HC) values were generated using the reaction with enzyme but no compound treatment. Compounds were pre-incubated with MALT1 enzyme for 50 minutes at RT. Substrate was added subsequently, and fluorescence was measured in Labsystems fluoroskan at excitation 355 nm and emission 460 nm to determine time 0. The reaction was subsequently incubated for 4 h at RT and fluorescence was measured. For IC50 calculations, timepoint 0 was subtracted from the 4 h timepoint to correct for any potential autofluorescence of the compounds. The enzyme reaction was linear during the 4 h incubation period. Characterization of the substrate Ac-LRSR-AMC determined the Michaelis constant KM at 200 pM.
IC50 values were calculated using the following formula (Z prime should be >0.5):
LC = Median of the low control values
= Low control: Reaction without enzyme
HC= Median of the High control values
= High Control: Reaction with enzyme
%Effect = 100-[((sample-LC) / (HC-LC)) x 100]
%Control = (sample /HC) x 100
%Controlmin = ((sample-LC) / (HC-LC)) x 100
A best-fit curve was fitted by a minimum sum of squares method to the plot of %Controlmin vs. compound concentration. From this an IC50 value (inhibitory concentration causing 50 % inhibition) can be obtained. An estimate of the slope of the plot in terms of the Hill coefficient was also obtained.
IC50 Calculation:
Figure imgf000206_0001
With y = estimated response
UB = upper bound
LB = lower bound h = Hill slope of curve CONC = concentration
Used in “Lexis Dose Response Curve Fitting” Version 1.0. Resultant data are shown in Table 2 (‘Cpd No.’ means Compound Number, ‘n.d.’ means not determined, ‘Int’ means intermediate).
Figure imgf000207_0001
Figure imgf000207_0002
Figure imgf000208_0001
Figure imgf000208_0002
Figure imgf000209_0001
Figure imgf000209_0002
Figure imgf000210_0001
Figure imgf000210_0002
Figure imgf000211_0001
Biological Example 2 GloSensor reporter MALT 1 -mediated cleavage In Jurkat Cells
MALT1 GloSensor™ is a split luciferase reporter, which utilizes a genetically modified form of firefly luciferase (CP UltraGio) split into 2 distinct domains by insertion of a RelB MALT1 cleavage site sequence PRLVSRGA. MALT 1 -induced cleavage allows for a conformational change that reestablishes a functional luciferase protein resulting in luminescence, and hence luciferase activity would be a surrogate of endogenous MALT1 protease activity. Jurkat MALT1 GloSensor™ were generated by electroporation and selected and maintained in the presence of 0.5 mg/mL Geneticin. MALT1 protease is basally inactive in Jurkat cells and can be activated by treatment with PMA/Ionomycin. Small molecule MALT1 inhibitors added prior to PMA/Ionomycin addition prevent MALT1 protease activation and, therefore, the cleavage of the MALT1 GloSensor split luciferase reporter in a dose-dependent manner.
Jurkat MALT1 GloSensor™ cells were maintained in complete RPMI 1640 media containing 10% fetal bovine serum, lOmM 4-(2 -hydroxy ethyl)- 1 -piperazineethanesulfonic acid (HEPES), 100 units/mL of penicillin, 100 pg/mL of streptomycin and 0.5 mg/mL Geneticin. Prior to the assay, compounds were made 2.5-fold serial dilutions in DMSO. 100 nL of of test compounds were spotted per well of 384-well plates (Perkin Elmer, catalogue number 6007688). Jurkat cells were harvested by centrifuge at 1200 RPM for 5 min and suspended in fresh complete RPMI 1640 media with 2% GloSensor™ cAMP Reagent and preincubated for 45-60 minutes at 37 °C in a 5% CO2 incubator. A volume of 50 uL of preincubated Jurkat MALT1 GloSensor™ cells (1 x 105 cells) were seeded in each well of 384-well plate. Next, a volume 2 pL of diluted PMA / lonomycin (2.5 pg/mL / 25 pM respectively, Sigma, catalogue number P1585 and 407953) in DMSO were added to each well. After incubation at 37 °C in 5% CO2 incubator for 4 h, luminescence was measured on the Envision (Perkin Elmer) at 37 °C.
IC50 values were calculated using SmartFit in GeneData Screener®:
. SmartFit uses the 4p curve fit equation seen below:
Figure imgf000212_0001
Where: x = concentration y = activity
So = activity at bottom plateau of curve
Sinf = activity at top plateau of curve
S50 = inflection point, halfway between SO and Sinf h = Hill slope of curve
Resultant data are shown in Table 3 (‘Cpd No.’ means Compound Number, ‘Int’ means intermediate).
Figure imgf000212_0002
Figure imgf000212_0003
Figure imgf000213_0001
Figure imgf000213_0002
Figure imgf000214_0001
Figure imgf000214_0002
Figure imgf000215_0001
Figure imgf000215_0002
Figure imgf000216_0001
Figure imgf000216_0002
Figure imgf000217_0002
Figure imgf000217_0001
Biological Example 3 Human IL-6/IL- 10 Mesoscale Assay
OCI-Ly3 cells were propagated in RPMI-1640 (Sigma Aldrich) supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (HyClone), 2 mM L-glutamine (Sigma Aldrich) and 1% PenStrep (Sigma Aldrich). Cell passage number should not exceed 30. Cells should be kept between 0.5 - 1.5 million cells per mL during culturing.
For the Mesoscale assay, 100,000 OCI-Ly3 cells were seeded per well into black-colored 96- well plates with clear bottom (Corning® #3904) and test compounds were added in 9 dilution steps (1 :2) ranging from 15 pM to 58.6 nM (final DMSO concentration 0.3%). DMSO control wells were used to determine the maximum signal (High Control (HC)). Treatment with reference compounds at an appropriate dose served as positive control for MALT1 inhibition and was used to determine the maximum inhibition (Low Control (LC)). Compounds and cells were incubated for 24 h at 37 °C and 5% CO2 (assay volume is 150 pL). After 24 h of incubation 50 pL of the supernatant was transferred to an MSD plate (V-Plex Proinflammation Panel 1 (human) kit, Mesoscale (MSD)) and incubated for 2 h with vigorous shaking (600 rpm) at room temperature. Following incubation, plates were washed 3x with phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) + 0.05% Tween-20 and 25 pL detection antibody solution (IL-6 & IL-10 antibodies in diluent 3 (MSD)) was added per well followed by 2 h of incubation with vigorous shaking (600 rpm) at room temperature. After 3x washes with PBS + 0.05% Tween-20, plates were incubated with 150 pL 2x Read Buffer T and read on SECTOR imager. Resultant data are shown in Table 4 (‘Cpd No.’ means Compound Number, ‘Int’ means intermediate, ‘n.d.’ means not determined).
Figure imgf000218_0001
Figure imgf000218_0002
Figure imgf000219_0001
Figure imgf000219_0002
Biological Example 4
Proliferation Assays OCI-Ly3 cells were propagated in RPMI-1640 with Glutamax (ThermoFisher) supplemented with 10% heat inactivated fetal bovine serum (ThermoFisher). Cells should be kept between 0.2 - 1.5 million cells per mL and passed every 3-4 days during culturing. OCI- Ly7 cells were propagated in IMDM (ThermoFisher) supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (HyClone), 2 mM L-glutamine (Sigma Aldrich) and 50 pg/mL Gentamycin. Cells should be kept between 0.15 - 3 million cells per mL and passed every 3-4 days during culturing. Cell passage numbers should not exceed 20.
To assess anti-proliferative effects, 450 nL of test compounds were spotted per well of U-bottom 96-well plates (Corning®, #3975). 500 OCI-Ly3 or OCI-Ly7 cells were seeded in 150 pL media per well and incubated for 8 days at 37 °C and 5% CO2. Cell plating numbers were chosen based on growth curves to ensure linear cell growth. After 8 days of incubation, 100 pL of the plated cells were resuspended up and down by pipette and transferred to a flat bottom black plate (Corning®, #3904). 50 pL CellTiterGLO reagent (Promega) were added to each well and luminescence was measured on Envision (Perkin Elmer) after 10 minutes shaking at 300 rpm followed by 10 minutes of incubation at room temperature in the dark.
IC50 values were calculated using SmartFit in GeneData Screener®:
. SmartFit uses the 4p curve fit equation seen below:
Figure imgf000220_0001
Where: x = concentration y = activity
So = activity at bottom plateau of curve
Sinf = activity at top plateau of curve
S50 = inflection point, halfway between SO and Sinf h = Hill slope of curve
Resultant data are shown in Table 5 (‘Cpd No.’ means Compound Number, ‘n.d.’ means not determined, ‘Int’ means intermediate) :
Figure imgf000220_0002
Figure imgf000220_0003
Figure imgf000221_0001
Figure imgf000221_0002
Figure imgf000222_0002
Figure imgf000222_0001

Claims

1. A compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000223_0001
or a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, wherein
R1 represents
Figure imgf000223_0002
Rx represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; halo; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
Ry represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
Rz represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; or Ry and Rz taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3-6cycloalkyl; ring
Figure imgf000223_0003
represents phenyl or pyridyl;
R2 represents halo; n is 0, 1 or 2; R3a represents hydrogen or Ci-4alkyl;
R3b represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; C3-6cycloalkyl; adamantyl; Ce-iocarbobicyclic; Het1; Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halo, cyano, -OH, -OR7, -S(=O)2-R7, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-R7, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -NH-(C=O)-R7, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-NR4aR4b, -P(=O)-R4cR4d, -O-Ci-4alkyl-C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl-O-R7, -NH-S(=O)2-R7, Het3a, Het3b, and Ci-4alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, halo, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, and -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl;
Ce-iocarbobicyclic substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halo, cyano, -OH, -OR7, -S(=O)2-R7, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-R7, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -NH-(C=O)-R7, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-NR4aR4b, -P(=O)-R4cR4d, -O-Ci-4alkyl-C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl-O-R7, -NH-S(=O)2-R7, and Ci-4alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, halo, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, and -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl; or
Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of cyano, halo, -OH, -OR7, -S(=O)2-R7, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-R7, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -NH-(C=O)-R7, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-NR4aR4b, -P(=O)-R4cR4d, -O-Ci-4alkyl-C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl-O-R7, -NH-S(=O)2-R7, -CF3, Cy1, Het3a, Het3b, -O-Het3b, -C(=O)-Het3a, -C(=O)-Het3b, and
Figure imgf000224_0001
or R3a and R3b are taken together to form together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached Het2;
Cy1 represents C3-6cycloalkyl; or C3-6cycloalkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -OH, -OR7, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -NH-(C=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -NH-(C=O)-C3-6cycloalkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, and -NH-S(=O)2-R7;
Het1 represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; or Het1 represents a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with in total one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halo, cyano, -OH, -OR7 -S(=O)2-R7, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-R7, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -NH-(C=O)-R7, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-NR4aR4b, -P(=O)-R4cR4d, -O-Ci-4alkyl-C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl-O-R7, -NH-S(=O)2-R7, and Ci-4alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, halo, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, and -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH); wherein one or more of the N-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with Ci-4alkyl, Het5, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -C(=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -C(=O)-C3-6cycloalkyl, or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH and halo;
Het2 represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; or Het2 represents a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with in total one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halo, cyano, -OH, -OR7, Het6, -S(=O)2-R7, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-R7, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -NH-(C=O)-R7, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-NR4aR4b, -P(=O)-R4cR4d, -O-Ci-4alkyl-C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl-O-R7, -NH-S(=O)2-R7, and Ci-4alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, halo, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, Het4 and -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH); wherein one or more of the N-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with Ci-4alkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b , -C(=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, Het4, or -C(=O)-C3-6cycloalkyl; Het3a represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; or Het3a represents a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with in total one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halo, -OH, -OR7, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -NH-(C=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -NH-(C=O)-C3-6cycloalkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, and -NH-S(=O)2-R7; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH); wherein one or more of the N-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with Ci-4alkyl, Het5, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b , -C(=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -C(=O)-C3-6cycloalkyl, or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH and halo;
Het3b represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; or Het3b represents a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with in total one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halo, -OH, Ci-4alkyl, -OR7, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -NH-(C=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -NH-(C=O)-C3-6cycloalkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, and -NH-S(=O)2-R7; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH); wherein one or more of the N-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with Ci-4alkyl, Het5, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b , -C(=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -C(=O)-C3-6cycloalkyl, or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH and halo;
Het4 represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH); Het5 represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH);
Het6 represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH);
R4a and R4b each independently represent hydrogen, Ci-4alkyl, Cs-ecycloalkyl, or Ci-4alkyl-O-Ci-4alkyl;
R4C and R4d each independently represent Ci-4alkyl or -O-Ci-4alkyl;
R6 represents Ci-4alkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one -OH;
R7 represents Ci-4alkyl or Cs-ecycloalkyl, each optionally substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; pl and p2 each independently are 1, 2 or 3; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2. The compound according to claim 1 wherein
Rx represents halo;
Ry represents hydrogen or Ci-4alkyl;
Rz represents Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; or Ry and Rz taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a Cs-ecycloalkyl;
R3b represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; adamantyl; Ce-iocarbobicyclic; Het1;
Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, -OH, -OR7, -S(=O)2-R7, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, - NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-R7, -NH-(C=O)-R7, -S(=O)(=NH)-NR4aR4b, -P(=O)-R4cR4d, - NH-S(=O)2-R7, Het3a, Het3b, and Ci-4alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, halo, - S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, and -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl;
Ce-iocarbobicyclic substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OR7, -S(=O)2-R7, and -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b; or
Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of cyano, halo, -OH, -OR7, -S(=O)2-R7, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, - NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-R7, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -P(=O)-R4cR4d, -O- Ci-4alkyl-C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl-O-R7, -NH-S(=O)2-R7, - Cy1, Het3a, Het3b, -O-Het3b, -C(=O)-Het3a, and
Figure imgf000228_0001
or R3a and R3b are taken together to form together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached Het2;
Cy1 represents Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, and -S(=O)2- NR4aR4b;
Het1 represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; or Het1 represents a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with in total one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, -OH, -OR7 -S(=O)2-R7, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-NR4aR4b, - P(=O)-R4cR4d, -O-Ci-4alkyl-C(=O)-NR4aR4b, and Ci-4alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, and -C(=O)-NR4aR4b; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH); wherein one or more of the N-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with Ci-4alkyl, Het5, -C(=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -C(=O)-C3-6cycloalkyl, or Ci- 4alkyl substituted with one, two or three -OH;
Het2 represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; or Het2 represents a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with in total one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Het6, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-R7, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -C(=O)- NR4aR4b, and Ci-4alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH); wherein one or more of the N-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with Het4;
Het3a represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with in total one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, and -OH; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH); wherein one or more of the N-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with Ci-4alkyl, Het5, -C(=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, or -C(=O)-C3-6cycloalkyl;
Het3b represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; or Het3b represents a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11 -membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with in total one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halo, -OH, Ci-4alkyl, and -OR7; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH); wherein one or more of the N-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted with Ci-4alkyl, Het5, or -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl;
Het4 represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH);
Het5 represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O), S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH); Het6 represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein one or more of the S-atoms in said heterocyclyl might be substituted to form S(=O),
S(=O)2, or S(=O)(=NH); pl and p2 are 2.
3. The compound according to claim 1 or 2 wherein q is 1;
Rx represents halo;
Ry represents Ci-4alkyl;
Rz represents Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; n is 0 or 1;
R3a represents hydrogen;
R3b represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or
Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of -S(=O)2-R7 and -S(=O)(=NH)-R7;
R6 represents Ci-4alkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one -OH;
R7 represents Ci-4alkyl.
4. The compound according to claim 1 wherein
R1 represents
Figure imgf000230_0001
Ry represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
Rz represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; or Ry and Rz taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a Cs-ecycloalkyl;
R3a represents hydrogen; and
R3b represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; -Ci^alkyl-Cy1; Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of halo, -OH, -O-Ci-4alkyl, -OCF3, -OCHF2, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -NH-(C=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -NH-(C=O)-C3-6cycloalkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, and -NH-S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl;
Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -OH, -O-Ci-4alkyl, -OCF3, -OCHF2, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -NH-(C=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -NH-(C=O)-C3-6cycloalkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, and -NH-S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl;
3- or 4-piperidinyl optionally substituted on the N-atom with Ci-4alkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b ,
Figure imgf000231_0001
or R3a and R3b are taken together to form together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached
Figure imgf000231_0002
Cy1 represents Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of halo, -OH, -O-Ci-4alkyl, -OCF3, -OCHF2, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, -NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2, -NH-(C=O)-Ci-4alkyl, -NH-(C=O)-C3-6cycloalkyl, -C(=O)-NR4aR4b, and -NH-S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl;
R4a and R4b each independently represent hydrogen or Ci-4alkyl;
R5 represents hydrogen, -OH, -O-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -S(=O)2-C3-6cycloalkyl, -S(=O)2-NR4aR4b, or -C(=O)-NR4aR4b; nl, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n7 and n8 each independently are 1 or 2;
R6 represents methyl.
5. The compound according to claim 4 wherein Rx represents hydrogen, Ci-4alkyl or halo;
R3a represents hydrogen; and R3b represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl;
Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of -OH, -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl, -NR4aR4b, -S(=O)(=NH)-Ci-4alkyl, and -N=S(=O)-(Ci-4alkyl)2;
-Ci-4alkyl-S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl; Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; 3- or 4-piperidinyl optionally substituted on the N-atom with Ci-4alkyl;
Figure imgf000232_0001
or R3a and R3b are taken together to form together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached
Figure imgf000232_0002
6. The compound according to claim 4 or 5 wherein
Rx represents halo;
Ry represents Ci-4alkyl;
Rz represents Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; ring
Figure imgf000232_0003
represents phenyl;
R2 represents halo;
R3a represents hydrogen; and
R3b represents Ci-4alkyl; or Cs-ecycloalkyl substituted with one -S(=O)2-Ci-4alkyl.
7. The compound according to any one of the preceding claims wherein n is 0.
8. The compound according to any one of the preceding claims wherein n is i.
9. The compound according to any one of the preceding claims wherein ring
Figure imgf000232_0004
represents phenyl, and R6 represents methyl.
10. The compound according to any one of the preceding claims wherein Formula (I) and the stereochemistry of the substituents on the cyclopropyl moiety are as indicated below in
Formula (Lal):
Figure imgf000233_0001
11. The compound according to any one of the preceding claims wherein Formula (I) and the stereochemistry of the substituents on the cyclopropyl moiety are as indicated below in Formula ( bl):
Figure imgf000233_0002
12. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 11 and at least one of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent.
13. A compound as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 11 or a pharmaceutical composition as claimed in claim 12 for use as a medicament.
14. A compound as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 11 or a pharmaceutical composition as claimed in claim 12 for use in the treatment or prevention of cancer.
15. A compound as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 11 or a pharmaceutical composition as claimed in claim 12 for use for use in the treatment or prevention of a disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder, wherein said disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder is affected by the inhibition of MALT 1.
16. A method of treating a disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder, wherein said disease, syndrome, condition, or disorder is affected by the inhibition of MALT 1, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 11 or a pharmaceutical composition as claimed in claim 12.
17. An active intermediate of Formula (A)
Figure imgf000234_0001
or a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, wherein
R1 represents
Figure imgf000234_0002
Rx represents hydrogen; Ci-4alkyl; halo; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
Ry represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
Rz represents Ci-4alkyl; Cs-ecycloalkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents; or Ry and Rz taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3-6cycloalkyl; ring
Figure imgf000234_0003
represents phenyl or pyridyl;
R2 represents halo; n is 0, 1 or 2;
R6 represents Ci-4alkyl; or Ci-4alkyl substituted with one -OH; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
PCT/EP2023/087548 2022-12-23 2023-12-22 Malt1 inhibitors WO2024133859A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN2022141337 2022-12-23
CNPCT/CN2022/141337 2022-12-23

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024133859A1 true WO2024133859A1 (en) 2024-06-27

Family

ID=84981646

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2023/087548 WO2024133859A1 (en) 2022-12-23 2023-12-22 Malt1 inhibitors

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024133859A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018226150A1 (en) * 2017-06-05 2018-12-13 Medivir Aktiebolag Pyrazolopyrimidine as malt-1 inhibitors
WO2021134004A1 (en) * 2019-12-27 2021-07-01 Schrodinger, Inc. Cyclic compounds and methods of using same
WO2022081967A1 (en) * 2020-10-16 2022-04-21 Rheos Medicines, Inc. Malt1 modulators and uses thereof
WO2022106857A1 (en) * 2020-11-23 2022-05-27 Exscientia Limited Malt-1 modulators
WO2022164789A1 (en) * 2021-01-26 2022-08-04 Schrödinger, Inc. Tricyclic compounds useful in the treatment of cancer, autoimmune and inflammatory disoders

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018226150A1 (en) * 2017-06-05 2018-12-13 Medivir Aktiebolag Pyrazolopyrimidine as malt-1 inhibitors
WO2021134004A1 (en) * 2019-12-27 2021-07-01 Schrodinger, Inc. Cyclic compounds and methods of using same
WO2022081967A1 (en) * 2020-10-16 2022-04-21 Rheos Medicines, Inc. Malt1 modulators and uses thereof
WO2022106857A1 (en) * 2020-11-23 2022-05-27 Exscientia Limited Malt-1 modulators
WO2022164789A1 (en) * 2021-01-26 2022-08-04 Schrödinger, Inc. Tricyclic compounds useful in the treatment of cancer, autoimmune and inflammatory disoders

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Design of Prodrugs", 1985, ELSEVIER
PEREIRE, A. A. ET AL., EUR. J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 12, 2017, pages 1578 - 1582
PISSOT SOLDERMANN CAROLE ET AL: "Discovery of Potent, Highly Selective, and In Vivo Efficacious, Allosteric MALT1 Inhibitors by Iterative Scaffold Morphing", JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 63, no. 23, 30 November 2020 (2020-11-30), US, pages 14576 - 14593, XP055958245, ISSN: 0022-2623, DOI: 10.1021/acs.jmedchem.0c01245 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI543981B (en) Compounds and compositions as c-kit kinase inhibitors
EP2751104A1 (en) Compounds and compositions as c-kit kinase inhibitors
WO2014039595A1 (en) Imidazopyridazine jak3 inhibitors and their use for the treatment of inflammatory and autoimmune diseases
SG186989A1 (en) Ip receptor agonist heterocyclic compounds
CA2845798A1 (en) Compounds and compositions as pdgfr kinase inhibitors
TW201307341A (en) Imidazopyridines as respiratory syncytial virus antiviral agents
US20110060012A1 (en) 4-[3-(aryloxy)benzylidene]-3-methyl piperidine 5-membered aryl carboxamide compounds useful as faah inhibitors
JP7101685B2 (en) Bicyclic amines as novel JAK kinase inhibitors
JP7554768B2 (en) Urea Derivatives as MALT1 Inhibitors
WO2022266258A1 (en) Compounds and methods for the targeted degradation of irak-4
US20110053949A1 (en) 4-[3-(aryloxy)benzylidene]-3-methyl piperidine aryl carboxamide compounds useful as faah inhibitors
IL303356A (en) N-(imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazin-3-yl)-1-cyclohexyl-2h-indazole-5-carboxamide and n-(pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-1-cyclohexyl-2h-indazole-5-carboxamide derivatives as irak4 inhibitors for the treatment of asthma
ES2782088T3 (en) Novel compounds
WO2022049253A1 (en) Substituted n-heteroaryl-n-pyridinylacetamides as p2x4 modulators
WO2024133859A1 (en) Malt1 inhibitors
RU2827961C2 (en) Derivatives of compounds containing pyridine rings as malt1 inhibitors
JP2024519496A (en) Compounds for targeting the degradation of Bruton's tyrosine kinase - Patent Application 20070229633
JP2023508394A (en) BTK inhibitor
CA3157167A1 (en) Iso-citrate dehydrogenase (idh) inhibitor
EP4305040A1 (en) Tricyclic pyridines as cyclin-dependent kinase 7 (cdk7) inhibitors
AU2021291056A1 (en) N-linked macrocyclic 7-(pyrazol-5-yl)-indole derivatives as inhibitors of MCL-1
AU2021403616A9 (en) Branched macrocyclic 4-(pyrazol-5-yl)-indole derivatives as inhibitors of mcl-1
WO2023288253A1 (en) Small molecules inhibitors of cyclic gmp-amp synthase (cgas)
CN117659023A (en) Pyridine acetamide derivative, pharmaceutical composition containing same and medical application of pyridine acetamide derivative
CN113583020A (en) JAK2 inhibitor and application

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23837681

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1